Home

NXS Series User`s Manual

1. 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A i 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 8 DIN1 Start Stop Contact closed start Control place A PID A controller Ges ee 9 DIN2 External fault input Contact closed fault programmable Contact open no fault a aa 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset a eo programmable 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V ee 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 p 13 GND UO ground Ground for reference and controls Ge Li 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed Start Direct frequency reference l we 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active T E programmable ee Le 16 DING Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active Contact closed Control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V l 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable l READY l A 19 A01 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5009 Li Ee Le 20 DO Digital output Programmable READY Open collector 1 lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC NXOPTA2 21 RO1 ae Relay output 1 Programmable RUN a 22 RO1 RUN L 23 RO1 e 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 220 S 7 25 R02 FAULT VAC V 26 RO __ Table 5 1 PID application default I O configuration with 2 wire transmitter Note
2. 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 13 GND UO ground Ground for reference and controls eee BE ee DIN4 Place B Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable a 15 DIN5 Place B Start reverse programmable Contact closed start reverse ee 16 DIN6 Place A B selection Contact open place A is active egent REENEN Ke Contact closed Place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4 DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V CH 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable j READY i 19 AO1 __ Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5002 6 a tc 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC NXOPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable Y RUN Desu 22 RO1 RUN rel ee 23 RO1 Gs 24 RO2 o Relay output 2 Programmable 220 _ 25 RO2 FAULT VAC 4 kan 26 RO __ a Table 3 1 Local Remote control application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 More information in NX User s CMA and CMB grounding Manual Chapter 6 2 2 2 CMB connected to GND 9 CMA connected to GND CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough
3. 319 DIN2 function 5 2 2 1 This parameter has 14 selections If digital input DIN2 need not be used set the parameter value to 0 1 External fault Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is active 2 External fault Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped when the input is not active 3 Run enable Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled 4 Acceleration or deceleration time selection Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Closing contact Force control place to I O terminal Closing contact Force control place to keypad Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID343 ID121 and ID122 Note The value of ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN2 opens the control place is selected according to keypad control place selection NO Om If several inputs are programmed to reverse one 8 Reverse active contact is enough to set the direction to Contact open Forward reverse Contact closed Reverse 9 Jogging speed see par 1ID124 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference 10 Fault reset Contact closed All faults reset 11 Acceleration Deceleration prohibited Contact
4. Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control reference V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 In of Motor nom torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature VIII Analogue input 1 V 13 Alt V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 Analogue input 3 27 Als V1 14 Analogue input A 28 Al4 V1 15 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 16 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses VIII DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 18 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 V1 19 PID Reference 20 In of the max frequency V1 20 PID Actual value 21 In of the max actual value V1 21 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 22 PID Output 23 In of the max output value M1 23 Monitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Table 5 2 Monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 56 PID control application Honeywell 5 4 2 Basic parameters
5. Table 4 4 Input signals G2 2 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi step speed control application Page 45 4 4 4 Output signals Gr die Menu M2 gt G2 3 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note AO1 signal TTF programming method P2 3 1 A 1 selection used See page 70 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed P2 3 2 eee 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O Tnotor 6 Motor power O Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor EES volt O 1000V Analogue output _ 8 DEER Analogue output ae inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 0 0 mA GEERT Analogue output 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 0 22 1 312 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor faul
6. min clearance for fan change without disconnecting the motor cables between two frequency converters B distance to cabinet wall c D free space above the frequency converter free space underneath the frequency converter Type distance from one frequency converter to another or Figure 5 8 Installation space Cooling air required CFM NXS 0010 0040 B NXS 0015 0075 A 42 NXS 0050 0100 B NXS 0100 0200 A 112 NXS 0150 0200 B NXS 0250 0400 A NXS 0250 0400 B NXS 0500 0750 A NXS 0500 0750 B NXS 1000 1500 A NXS 1750 2000 A Table 5 9 Required cooling air Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Installation Honeywell 5 3 Power loss 5 3 1 Power loss as function of switching frequency If the operator wants to raise the switching frequency of the drive for some reason typically e g in order to reduce the motor noise this inevitably affects the power losses and cooling requirements according to the graphs below 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 Switching frequency kHz 0015NX5 400V 0020NX5 400V 0030NX5 400V 0040NX5 400V 0050NX5 400V 0075NX5 400V Figure
7. 113 Nominal current of the motor 2 9 2 1 9 Find this value on the rating plate of the motor See Table 8 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 122 117 118 119 120 Description of parameters Honeywell I O frequency reference selection 12346 2 14 2 1 11 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the I O control place Applic 1to4 6 Sel 0 Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 1 Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 2 Keypad reference Menu M3 Al1 Al2 3 Fieldbus reference Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al4 5 Al1 Al2 6 Alt joystick 7 Al2 joystick 8 Keypad reference Menu M3 9 Fieldbus reference Potentiometer reference controlled with 10 DIN5 TRUE increase and DIN6 TRUE decrease 11 Al1 or Al2 whichever is lower 12 Al1 or Al2 whichever is greater 13 Max frequency recommended in torque control only 14 AI1 Al2 selection Table 8 3 Selections for parameter ID117 PID controller gain 57 2 1 12 This parameter defines the gain of the PID controller If the value of the parameter is set to 100 a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller outpu
8. Honeywell Appendices Page 197 9 4 Parameters of motor thermal protection ID s 704 to 708 General The motor thermal protection is to protect the motor from overheating The NX drive is capable of supplying higher than nominal current to the motor If the load requires this high current there is a risk that the motor will be thermally overloaded This is the case especially at low frequencies At low frequencies the cooling effect of the motor is reduced as well as its capacity If the motor is equipped with an external fan the load reduction at low speeds is small The motor thermal protection is based on a calculated model and it uses the output current of the drive to determine the load on the motor The motor thermal protection can be adjusted with parameters The thermal current ly specifies the load current above which the motor is overloaded This current limit is a function of the output frequency The thermal stage of the motor can be monitored on the control keypad display See NX User s Manual Chapter 7 3 1 CAUTION The calculated model does not protect the motor if the airflow to the motor is reduced by blocked air intake grill 9 5 Parameters of Stall protection ID s 709 to 712 General The motor stall protection protects the motor from short time overload situations such as one caused by a stalled shaft The reaction time of the stall protection can be set shorter than that of motor thermal protecti
9. 200 Laast P2 6 13 5 Uff boost o IL o ft fea Table 3 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 36 Local Remote control application Honeywell 3 4 8 Protections Ge keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous Peds reference fault Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P272 4mA reference fault frequenc DEE E Response to external fault oa eee supervision Egeter 0 No response P2 7 5 P 1 Warning undervoltage fault Output ph 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 supervision P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 ae P278 Thermal protection of the motor p2 7 9 Motor ambient sagt 100 0 temperature factor at zero speed p2 7 11 Motor thermal time 4 200 min 45 707 constant P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 100 100 708 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall current 04 Inwoorx 2 A Tase x13 710 o f Stall time limit 120 00 1500 A DEER 0 No response y 1 Warning Underload protection 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Field weakening 10 150 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 2 Ho pe unaeroad r 2
10. 384 All joystick hysteresis 6 2 2 2 8 This parameter defines the joystick hysteresis between 0 and 20 When the joystick or potentiometer control is turned from reverse to forward the output frequency falls linearly to the selected minimum frequency joystick potentiometer in middle position and stays there until the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command It depends on the amount of joystick hysteresis defined with this parameter how much the joystick potentiometer must be turned to start the increase of the frequency towards the selected maximum frequency If the value of this parameter is 0 the frequency starts to increase linearly immediately when the joystick potentiometer is turned towards the forward command from the middle position When the control is changed from forward to reverse the frequency follows the same pattern the other way round See Figure 8 34 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 153 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max B ID304 70Hz gt From reverse to forward Max freq ID102 From forward to reverse Analogue i input V mA Min freq ID101 F 0 10V 20mA Ref scaling min 1D303 OHz Par 1D321 N Par I
11. P2 6 15 10 N CH CH O O Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 86 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 15 11 Start up torque 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 15 12 Start up torque Start up torque P2 6 15 13 REV P2 6 15 15 Encoder filter time 0 IT 1000 P2 6 15 17 Current control P gain P2 6 16 1 Zero Speed current P2 6 16 2 KEE P2 6 16 3 Fluxreference 0 0 100 0 P2 6 16 5 Ulfboost_ o 1 a ey Table 6 20 Motor control parameters G2 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 87 6 5 8 Protections Sec Ge Menu M2 gt G2 7 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous R271 reference fault Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P27 2 4mA reference fault frequenc P27 3 Response to external fault SE Po supervision Response to 0 No response P2 7 5 P 1 Warning undervoltage fault s Output ph 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 supervision P2 7 7 Earth fault protec
12. PID Control Application NX series Constant and variable torque Variable Speed Drives for induction motors Page 52 PID control application Honeywell 5 PID Control Application Software ASFIFF05 5 1 Introduction Select the PID Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 In the PID Control Application there are two I O terminal control places place A is the PID controller and source B is the direct frequency reference The control place A or B is selected with digital input DIN6 The PID controller reference can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motorised potentiometer enabling the PID Reference 2 or applying the control keypad reference The PID controller actual value can be selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus the actual values of the motor or through the mathematical functions of these The direct frequency reference can be used for the control without the PID controller and selected from the analogue inputs fieldbus motor potentiometer or keypad The PID Application is typically used to control level measuring or pumps and fans In these applications the PID Application provides a smooth control and an integrated measuring and controlling package where no additional components are needed e Digital inputs DIN2 DIN3 DIN5 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision
13. Par ID506 1 Stop function Ramp After the Stop command the speed of the motor is reduced according to the set deceleration parameters as fast as Motor speed possible to the speed defined with parameter ID515 where the DC braking starts Output frequency The braking time is defined with DC braking parameter ID508 If high inertia exists it is recommended to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration t See Figure 8 44 t Par D NX12K23 par ID515 Figure 8 44 DC braking time when Stop mode Ramp Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 167 509 Prohibit frequency area 1 Low limit 234567 2 5 1 510 Prohibit frequency area 2 High limit 234567 2 5 2 511 Prohibit frequency area 2 Low limit 34567 2 5 3 512 Prohibit frequency area 2 High limit 34567 2 5 4 513 Prohibit frequency area 3 Low limit 34567 2 5 5 514 Prohibit frequency area 2 High limit 34567 2 5 6 In some systems it may be necessary to avoid certain frequencies because of Output 5 requency Hz mechanical resonance problems With these parameters it is possible to set limits for the skip frequency region See Figure 8 45 Reference Hz gt NX12K33 Figure 8 45
14. 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference o acte 5 Al2 0 20mA 1 EE 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND IO ground Ground for reference and controls i a EENEG 8 DIN1 Start Stop Control place A Contact closed start PID controller programm a oe ee 9 DIN2 Interlock 1 Contact closed Interlock used programmable Contact open Interlock not used l aA 10 DIN3 Interlock 2 Contact closed Interlock used beer a ee ae programmable Contact open Interlock not used 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V pa es ee 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 TTT 13 GND UO ground Ground for reference and controls a 14 DIN4 Start Stop Control place B Contact closed Start _ SEENEN Direct frequency reference programmable ee on E 15 DIN5 Jogging speed selection Contact closed Jogging speed active programmable oa LJ DIN6 Control place A B selection Contact open Control place A is active programmable Contact closed Control place B is active 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable See chapters 7 5 4 3 19 AO1 Analogue output 7 5 4 4 and 7 5 4 5 FAULT GND Range 0 20 mA Ri max 500Q L ES __ 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable T FAULT Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC NXOPTA2 21 RO1 a Relay output 1 Programmable See chapter
15. 73 6 5 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu MI 73 6 5 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 aseeseen 74 E Neel 75 6 9 4 QUIDUE SIQMGl Scseiiis es dis E EE 79 6 5 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 oes 84 6 5 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 84 6 5 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 a se 85 6 5 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 Gi 87 6 5 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 eee 88 6 5 10 Fieldbus parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 DG2 9 a se 88 6 5 11 Torque control parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 2370 89 6 5 12 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M A 89 6 5 13 System menu Control keypad Menu M i 90 6 5 14 Expander boards Control keypad Menu MAI 90 7 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION cccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 91 Hal INTRODUCTION e e a a a e e e 91 FZ CONTROL EE 92 7 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLUICATION 94 7 4 SHORT DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTION AND ESSENTIAL PDARAMETERS 95 7 4 1 Automatic changing between drives Autochange D 7O 241 95 7 4 2 Interlock selection 29 28 EE 97 PAB TEXTING Se ste cea cnc ite ion on alah sda ewe we a wl ov Gennes 98 7 5 PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS sseeeeeeeeeeerrrr rererere 101 7 5 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu MII 101 7 5 2 Basic paramet
16. Charging switch The charging switch is open when the START command has been given faulty operation component failure Stop signal has been given from the option board Various causes e g defective component 6 Emergency stop 7 Saturation trip 8 System fault component failure faulty operation Note exceptional fault data record see 7 3 4 3 Undervoltage DC link voltage is under the voltage limits defined in most probable cause too low a supply voltage frequency converter internal fault Input line phase is missing supervision Output phase Current measurement has detected that supervision there is no current in one motor phase Brake chopper no brake resistor installed supervision brake resistor is broken brake chopper failure Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 Current measurement has detected that Check loading Check motor Check cables Make the deceleration time longer Use brake chopper or brake resistor available as options Check motor cables and motor Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact your nearest distributor Cannot be reset from the keypad Switch off power DO NOT RE CONNECT POWER Contact factory If this fault appears simultaneously with Fault 1 check
17. DOWRO1 BRAKE OFF DO1 RO1 ON i i RO2 ON i 1 RO2 i i l T i i i OFF DIN1 RUN FWD DIN1 START STOP PULSE i i i DIN2 RUN REV SEH t DIN2 STOP gt PULSE NX12K45 t a Figure 8 24 External brake control a Start Stop logic selection D300 0 1 or 2 b Start Stop logic selection ID300 3 354 Frequency converter temperature limit supervision 34567 2 3 20 2 3 4 11 2 3 2 11 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the temperature of the frequency converter unit falls below or exceeds the set limit ID355 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending 1 on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signal par D450 is connected applications 6 and 7 355 Frequency converter temperature limit value 34567 2 3 21 2 3 4 12 2 3 2 12 This temperature value is supervised by parameter ID354 356 On Off control signal 6 2 3 4 13 With this parameter you can select the analogue input to be monitored 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 AlI3 4 Al4 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 146 Description of parameters Honeyw
18. Figure 7 17 Enabling the change of multimonitoring items Further customisation of the frequency converter operator interface can be undertaken in the Keypad settings submenu under the System menu Locate the Keypad settings submenu S6 6 Under the submenu there are four pages P associated with the keypad operation EADY S66 GED Keypad settings lt 4 Default page Pi gt P5 Figure 7 18 Keypad settings submenu Default page P6 6 1 This menu allows the user to set the location page to which the display automatically moves as the Timeout time see below has expired or as the power is switched on to the keypad If the Default Page value is 0 the function is not activated i e the last displayed page remains on the keypad display Press the right arrow menu button once to enter the edit mode Change the number of the Main menu with the Browser buttons Pressing the right arrow menu button once again enables editing of the number of the submenu page If the page to move to by default is at the third level repeat the procedure Confirm the new default page value with the Enter button Return to the previous step anytime by pushing the eft arrow menu button P56 6 B CONFIRM CHANGE REPEAT TO SET Default page DEFAULT SUBMENU PAGE 0 CANCEL Figure 7 19 Default page function Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic
19. MIV 429 Honeywell 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 41 94 Figure 6 9 Cable installation in NX FR6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 42 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell UB lake resistor DC terminals terminals d Earth terminals Figure 6 11 Cable installation in NX FR7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 43 94 Figure 6 12 NX FR8 Protection class NEMA12 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 44 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell Figure 6 14 Brake resistor terminal box on top of FR8 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 45 94 Figure 6 15 NX
20. S 709 TO IEN 197 9 6 PARAMETERS OF UNDERLOAD PROTECTION ID S 713 TO II 198 9 7 FIELDBUS CONTROL PARAMETERS ID S 850 TO On 198 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Application Manual Basic Application NX series Constant and variable torque Variable Speed Drives for induction motors Honeywell Basic application 1 Basic Application 1 1 Introduction The Basic Application is easy and flexible to use due to its versatile fieldbus features It is the default setting on delivery from the factory Otherwise select the Basic Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 See Chapter 7 3 6 1 of the NX User s Manual Digital input DIN3 is programmable The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter 1 1 1 Motor protection functions in the Basic Application The Basic Application provides almost all the same protection functions as the other applications External fault protection Input phase supervision Undervoltage protection Output phase supervision Earth fault protection Motor thermal protection Thermistor fault protection Fieldbus fault protection Slot fault protection Unlike the other applications the Basic Appl
21. The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the NX User s Manual Parameter i i Default O terminal LS Keypad 2 Fieldbus Kapa pepe EE Direction on 123 0 Forward keypad 1 Reverse PID reference 100 00 PID reference 2 Eer 100 00 ee Control place BEER ee 0 Limited function of Stop button Slop button 1 Stop button always enabled Table 5 11 Keypad control parameters M3 5 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 7 3 6 in the NX User s Manual 5 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 7 3 7 in the NX User s Manual Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Application Manual Multi purpose Control Application NX series Constant and variable torque es Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 67 6 Multi purpose Control Application Software ASFIFFO6 6
22. Voltage at field n U f curve midpoint par oe X Unmo P2 6 7 Uitcurve midpoint 100 00 100 00 Parameter max value voltage ce 2 6 5 Output voltage at no men ee 000 a EES values Overvoltage 0 Not used P2 6 10 g 1 Used no ramping controller S 2 Used ramping P26 11 Undervoltage 0 Not used controller 1 Used Table 7 17 Motor contro parameters G2 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 113 7 5 8 Protections Sec Ge Menu M2 gt G2 7 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous R271 reference fault Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P272 4mA reference fault frequenc P27 3 Response to external fault SE Po supervision Response to 0 No response P2 7 5 P 1 Warning undervoltage fault s Output ph 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 supervision P2 7 7 Earth fault protection O ea ee P27 8 Thermal protection of the motor p2 7 9 Motor ambient _4100 0 100 0 tem perature factor at zero speed P2 7 11 Motor thermal time constant 7 100 100 Motor duty cycle 0 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall time limit 120 00 Eee 1500
23. oe potential Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 8 94 Receipt of delivery Honeywell 2 DIRECTIVES 2 1 CE marking The CE marking on the product guarantees the free movement of the product within the EEA European Economic Area It also guarantees that the product meets the various requirements defined by the directive The NX frequency converters carry the CE label as a proof of compliance with the Low Voltage Directive LVD and the Electro Magnetic Compatibility EMC The company SGS FIMKO has acted as the Competent Body 2 2 EMC directive 2 2 1 General The EMC Directive provides that the electrical apparatus must not excessively disturb the environment it is used in and also it shall have an adequate level of immunity toward other disturbances from the same environment The compliance of the NX frequency converters with the EMC directive is verified with Technical Construction Files TCF checked and approved by SGS FIMKO which is a Competent Body The Technical Construction Files are used to authenticate the comformity of the NX frequency converters with the Directive due to the large product family amp variety of installations possibilities 2 2 2 Technical criteria The NX frequency converters are marketed throughout the world a fact wh
24. 2 2 10 2 2 22 2 2 3 3 Sel 0 0 20mMA 0 20mMA 0 100 0 100 1 4 20mA 4mA 20 100 20 100 20 100 2 Customised Customised 10 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 11 Selections for parameter ID325 A Output frequency ID304 y 5 ID325 Custom ID325 0 Al2 0O 100 ID325 1 ID303 1 l ai Al2 20 100 A l term 3 4 I ii 1 w 4mA 20 mA ID326 ID327 NX12K75 Figure 8 21 Analogue input Al2 scaling 326 Analogue input Al2 custom setting min 34567 2 2 11 2 2 23 2 2 3 4 327 Analogue input Al2 custom setting max 34567 2 2 12 2 2 24 2 2 3 5 These parameters set Al2 for any input signal span within 0 100 328 Analogue input Al2 inversion 3457 2 2 13 2 2 25 2 2 3 6 See 1D323 Note In application 3 Al2 is the place A frequency reference if parameter ID117 1 default 329 Analogue input Al2 I filter time 34567 2 2 14 2 2 26 2 2 3 2 See 1D324 330 DIN5 function 5 2 2 3 The digital input DIN5 has 14 possible functions If it need not be used set the value of this parameter to 0 The selections are the same as in parameter ID319 except 13 Enable PID reference 2 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with parameter R3 5 331 Motor potentiometer ramp time 3567 2 2 22 2 2 27 2 2 1 2 2
25. 4 Motor potentiometer 0 Al1 1 Al2 UO B reference 2 Keypad Nominal speed of the motor 3 Fieldbus 4 Motor potentiometer 0 Al1 Keypad control 1 Al2 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 Fieldbus control 1 Al2 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus reference Table 3 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Local Remote control application 3 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Dei Dm2 Start fwd Start rvs 0 Start Stop Reverse 1 Start Stop Run 2 Start pulse enable pea Place A Start Stop 0 8 0 300 3 Start fwd Stop pulse logic selection 4 Fwd Mot pot UP 5 Start Stop Rvs 6 Start Stop Rvs Fwd 7 Start fwd Run 8 enable Mot pot UP 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus P2 22 DIN3 function 8 Rvs if par 2 2 1 3 9 Jogging speed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec operation prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Motor potentiometer DOWN P2 2 3 AN Alt signal selection A11 signal selection 0 TUF progremming meinet ased See page 70 100 P2 2 4 Al signal range i SCH 1
26. Analogue output 2 1 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 1 475 0 0 mA minimum 1 4 mA scaling Table 2 5 Output signals G2 3 2 4 5 Drive control parameters Se E Menu M2 gt Se Parameter Default 0 Linear 0 Linear P2 4 2 Ramp 2 GC 10 0 gt 0 S curve ramp time P2 4 3 3000 0 ee eae eee p2 4 4 30000 s 100 5o J 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper P2 4 5 Brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 See 0 Coasting 1 Ramp P2 4 7 Stop function ERR coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp P2 4 8 DC braking current 0 15 xX In 1 5 x In Varies DC braking time NEEN 600 00 00 z am 0 0 DC brake is off at stop brake is 0 DC brake is off at stop at stop Frequency to start DC braking during 10 00 ramp stop DC braking time 600 00 00 516 0 0 DC brake is off at start brake i 0 DC brake is off at start off at start at start 0 Off Flux brake ie ESCH t on Flux braking current 00 Varies a 060 Lat Table 2 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Standard application Page 19 2 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter i
27. Encoder fault Analogue input lin lt 4mA selected signal range 4 to 20 mA 51 External fault 52 Keypad commu nication fault 53 Fieldbus fault 54 Slot fault Table 9 1 Fault codes Fault tracing Note the exceptional Fault data record See 7 3 4 3 Additional codes 1 Encoder 1 channel A is missing 2 Encoder 1 channel B is missing 3 Both encoder 1 channels are missing 4 Encoder reversed Current at the analogue input is lt 4mA control cable is broken or loose signal source has failed Digital input fault The connection between the control key pad and the freq converter is broken The data connection between the fieldbus Master and the fieldbus board is broken Defective option board or slot Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 Check encoder channel connections Check the encoder board Check the current loop circuitry Check keypad connection and possible keypad cable Check installation If installation is correct contact your nearest distributor Check board and slot Contact your nearest distributor 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell NX Application manual Page 1 NX Application manual INDEX 1 BASIC APPLICATION eseu 5 Tal INTRODUCTION e 5 1 1 1 Motor protection functions in the Basic Applcaton 5
28. MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 115 7 5 10 Pump and fan control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 9 Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note drives Start frequency Par Stop frequency Par Par auxiliary drive1 2 1 1 2 9 2 HZ 10 09 e Start frequency Par Stop frequency Par Par Start frequency Par Stop frequency Par Par auxiliary drive 3 2 1 1 2 9 6 Hz E AN Start frequency Par Stop frequency Par Par auxiliary drive A 2 1 1 2 9 8 Hz 10100 bi auxiliary drives auxiliary drives Reference step 100 0 1012 auxiliary drive 1 Reference step 100 0 ei 1013 auxiliary drive 2 Reference step Reference step 100 0 1015 auxiliary drive 4 bypass 0 Not used Analogue input e selection for input E pressure be EA measurement 5 Fieldbus signal FBProcessDatalN3 Input pressure Bubi SE 90 100 EA am ue P2 9 19 Input pressure 100 0 20 00 1023 low limit P2 9 20 Output pressure drop 00 100 0 He 30 00 1024 eg Frequency drop Geer P2 9 21 delay 300 0 s 1025 300 No frequency drop nor increase Frequency increase Ok P2 9 22 delay 300 0 S 1026 300 No frequency drop nor increase Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page
29. Number of tries after 10 723 reference trip Number of tries after 10 726 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after 10 725 external fault trip Number of tries after Table 4 10 Autorestart parameters G2 8 4 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the NX User s Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note UO terminal Control place e Keypad i Fieldbus oa on an Forward keypad 1 Reverse 0 Limited function of Stop button Siopipuuen 1 1 114 1 Stop button always enabled Table 4 11 Keypad control parameters M3 4 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 7 3 6 in the NX User s Manual 4 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 7 3 7 in the NX User s Manual Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Application Manual
30. P1 gt P15 sii V 13 95 Hz ks L Browse Change Vv value pal Fen Mi Monitor V19V15 DA Wai P Output frequency 13 95 Hz No editing Figure 7 3 Keypad navigation chart Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad 7 3 1 Monitoring menu M1 The monitoring menu can be entered from the main menu by pushing the Right arrow menu button when the location indication M1 is visible on the first line of the display How to browse through the monitored values is presented in Figure 7 4 The monitored signals carry the indication V and they are listed in Table 7 1 The values are updated once every 0 3 seconds This menu is only for signal checking The values cannot be altered here For changing values of parameters see Chapter 7 3 2 cD u A a FreqReference 13 95 Hz VA E cE Uii een Monitor lt gt Output frequency V19V14 13 95 Hz igure 7 4 Monitoring menu Code Signal name Unit Description NI Output frequency Hz Frequency to the motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz V1 3 Motor speed rom Calculated motor speed V1 4 Motor current A Measured motor current V1 5 Motor torque Calculated actua
31. Sc Parameter Default 0 Linear 0 Gen pasene ameme 3000 0 a E a Deceleration time 2 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Sr 0 Coasting 1 Ramp Stop function 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable DC braking current Varies DC braking time Frequency to start DC braking during ramp stop DC braking time 0 SCH Flux braking current roar faa lef Table 5 6 Drive contro parameters G2 4 P2 4 9 P2 4 10 5 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Default EES He oo sm onus angeingia aaa He oo sto osNotused es zea Hz o0 sv leen Prohibit frequency Par Prohibit frequency Par Prohibit frequency Par z ramp Table 5 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell PID control application Page 63 5 4 7 Motor control parameters Se keypad Menu M2 gt See Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note NXS 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for NXP 2 Torque control Motor control mode 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 5 Adv open loop
32. This value can be set between 0 1 lnmotor and the Current limit 520 Flux brake 234567 2 4 12 The flux braking can be set ON or OFF 0 Flux braking OFF 1 Flux braking ON 521 Motor control mode 2 6 2 6 12 With this parameter you can set another motor control mode Which mode is used is determined with parameter ID164 For the selections see parameter ID600 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 169 600 Motor control mode 234567 2 6 1 NXS 0 Frequency control The I O terminal and keypad references are frequency references and the frequency converter controls the output frequency output frequency resolution 0 01 Hz 1 Speed control The I O terminal and keypad references are speed references and the frequency converter controls the motor speed compensating the motor slip accuracy 0 5 The following selections are available for NXP drives only except for selection 2 which is available in the Multi Purpose Control Application for NXS drives also 2 Torque control In torque control mode the references are used to control the motor torque 3 Speed crtl closed loop The I O terminal and keypad references are speed references and the frequency converter controls the motor speed very accurately c
33. current 124Vout GND DIN DN _ DIN3 L OOOO OO O O O OZ 6L 8L Zb OL GL VL Eb CL Lb DH Basic UO board NXOPTA1 ern On AWN 13 14 O O O O O O O O O O DL 6 84 9Sr E 16 D 2 e r 0 4 20mA E 1940 OM eoa NXOPTA2 Board AT Board A2 in slot A in slot B NXOPTA1 i 201D01 EoD U lt 48V Figure 6 19 The I O terminals Dee E 1 lt 50mA of the two basic boards e x Dotted line indicates the connection with inverted signals Figure 6 20 General wiring diagram of the basic I O board NXOPTAT1 m 21 leo 22 1 2 Se 23 RO1 3 Be ca cc Switching 24 RO2 1 lt BA 24V de 25 2 2 lt 9 aas300Vvde 26 R0O2 3 lt 2kVA 250Vac Continuously lt 2Arms Basic relay board NXOPTA2 NX6_6 fh8 Figure 6 21 General wiring diagram of the basic relay board NXOPTA2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 49 94 6 2 1 1 Control cables The control cables shall be at least 0 0008 in screened multicore cables see Table 6 1 The maximum terminal wire size is 0 004 in for the relay terminals and 0 002 in for other terminals Find the tightening torques of the opti
34. 0 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall time limit 120 00 Ene 15 00 m oS 0 No response 1 Warning Underload protection 3 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall protection Field weakening 10 150 50 714 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 1500 100 745 i Underload 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to SSES 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 fault Table 5 9 Protections G2 7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 66 PID control application Honeywell 5 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Se Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 0 50 717 Trial time 0 00 60 00 E 30 00 718 Lee Ramp Start function 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 Mmeo O Jef ae undervoltage trip eeo wp mp overvoltage trip NEEN NENNEN overcurrent trip Number of tries after 10 723 reference trip Number of tries after 10 726 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after 10 725 external fault trip Number of tries after Table 5 10 Autorestart parameters G2 8 5 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3
35. 02 FR6 0250 0300A 38 45 50 8 8 0 004 0 08 Cu 0 009 0 054 0 009 0 08 Al FR6 0400A 61 63 3 16 16 0 004 0 08 Cu 0 009 0 054 0 009 0 08 Al FR7 0500A 72 80 4 6 0 004 0 08 Cu 0 009 0 11 0 009 0 08 Al FR7 0600 A 87 100 2 6 0 004 0 08 Cu 0 009 0 11 0 009 0 08 Al FR7 0750A 105 125 0 4 0 004 0 08 Cu 0 009 0 11 0 009 0 08 Al FR8 1000A 140 160 3 70 35 0 04 0 15 0 04 0 15 Cu Al FR8 1250A 168 200 000 0 0 15 0 29 0 04 0 15 Cu Al FR8 1500A 205 250 3 150 70 0 15 0 29 0 04 0 15 Cu Al FRO 1750A 261 315 3 185 95 or 0 15 0 29 0 008 0 15 2 3 120 70 Cu Al 2 FRQ 2000A 300 315 2 3 120 70 0 15 0 29 0 008 0 15 Cu Al 2 Table 6 2 Cable and fuse sizes for NXS A Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 63 2600 36 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell 6 1 2 Installation instructions Before starting the installation check that none of the components of the frequency converter are live If the frequency converter is installed outside either a switchgear separate cubicle or electrical room it must be equipped with a protection cover see e g Figure 6 4 as provided by the regulations for NEMA1 protection class For i
36. 1 Start command from control place A Default programming A 424 Start B signal 7 2 2 6 2 Start command from control place B Default programming A 4 425 Control place A B selection 7 2 2 6 3 Contact open Control place A Contact closed Control place B Default programming A 6 426 Autochange 1 interlock 7 2 2 6 18 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 1 or auxiliary drive 1 activated Default programming A 2 427 Autochange 2 interlock 7 2 2 6 19 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 2 or auxiliary drive 2 activated Default programming A 3 428 Autochange 3 interlock 7 2 2 6 20 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 3 or auxiliary drive 3 activated 429 Autochange 4 interlock 7 2 2 6 21 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 4 or auxiliary drive 4 activated 430 Autochange 5 interlock 7 2 2 6 22 Contact closed Interlock of autochange drive 5 activated 431 PID reference 2 7 2 2 6 23 Contact open PID controller reference selected with parameter ID332 Contact closed PID controller keypad reference 2 selected with par ID371 432 Ready 67 s 2 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 The frequency converter is ready to operate 433 Run 67 2 3 3 2 2 3 1 2 The frequency converter operates the motor is running 434 Fault 67 2 3 3 3 2 3 1 3 A fault trip has occurred Default programming A 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limi
37. 1 2 CONTROL TVO pininana a a a a a a a A Netae 6 1 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN BASIC APPLICATION 7 1 4 BASIC APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS cx aed aula ned aed Be ed ede 8 1 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu MI 8 1 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 assesses 9 1 4 3 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M73 10 1 4 4 System menu Control keypad Menu Mel 10 1 4 5 Expander boards Control keypad Menu MI 10 2 STANDARD APPLICATION Eege EENS 11 2 1 INTRODUCTION ee 11 QED CONTROL O ela ala rel a tea ee ral a ce aia ee ate ee ace a ae ate rest 12 2 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN STANDARD APPLICATION eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 2 4 STANDARD APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea 14 2 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu Mil 14 2 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M i 15 2 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu Mia 16 2 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu Mia 17 2 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 oo 18 2 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 19 2 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 ou 20 2 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 7 wiieeececccccccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 22 2 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 ccccccctteeees 23 2 4 10 Keypad control Cont
38. 1 25 457 Fieldbus input data 3 FBFixedControlWord bit 5 67 2 3 3 26 2 3 1 26 The data from the fieldbus FBFixedControlWord can be led to frequency converter digital outputs 458 Autochange 1 Auxiliary drive 1 control 7 2 3 1 27 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 1 Default programming B 1 459 Autochange 2 Auxiliary drive 2 control 7 2 3 1 28 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 2 Default programming B 2 460 Autochange 3 Auxiliary drive 3 control 7 2 3 1 29 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 3 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 too to a relay output Since the NXOPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an UO expander board with extra relay outputs e g NXOPTBS5 461 Autochange 4 Auxiliary drive 4 control 7 2 3 1 30 Control signal for autochange auxiliary drive 4 If three or more auxiliary drives are used we recommend to connect nr 3 and 4 too to a relay output Since the NXOPTA2 board only has two relay outputs it is advisable to purchase an I O expander board with extra relay outputs e g NXOPTBS 462 Autochange 5 control 7 2 3 1 31 Control signal for autochange drive 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Des
39. 1 Introduction Select the Multi purpose Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 Multi purpose control application provides a wide range of parameters for controlling motors It can be used for various kinds of different processes where wide flexibility of I O signals is needed and PID control is not necessary if you need PID control functions use PID control Application or Pump and Fan Control Application The frequency reference can be selected e g from the analoque inputs joystick control motor potentiometer and from a mathematical function of the analoque inputs There are parameters also for Fieldbus communication Multi step speeds and jogging speed can also be selected if digital inputs are programmed for these functions e The digital inputs and all the outputs are freely programmable and the application supports all O boards Additional functions Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Joystick hysteresis Sleep function The parameters of the Multi Purpose Control Application are explained
40. 15 Encoder filter time 0 1000 ms 0 618 P gain Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 Overvoltage 607 controller www honeywell com Honeywell Multi step speed control application Page 49 Advanced Open Loop parameter group 2 6 13 NXP only P2 6 13 1__ Zero speed current on 250 0 1200 e5 P2 6 13 2_ Minimum current 0 0 100 0 800 Loi P2 6 13 3 Fluxreference 0 0 1000 800 623 P2 6 13 4 Frequency limit 0 0 100 0 200 aas P2 6 13 5 Uf boost o LI Il Lol Table 4 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 50 Multi step speed control application Honeywell 4 4 8 Protections Ge Gig Menu M2 gt G2 7 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note 0 No response 1 Warning Response to 4mA 2 Warning Previous Peds reference fault Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting P272 4mA reference fault frequenc DEE E Response to external fault raza b PS supervision Egeter 0 No response P2 7 5 P 1 Warning undervoltage fault Output ph 2 Fault stop acc t
41. 2 1 15 Defines the speed of change of the motor potentiometer value Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 141 332 PID controller reference signal Place A 57 2 1 11 Defines which frequency reference place is selected for the PID controller Sel 0 Al1 terminals 2 3 Al1 terminals 2 3 1 Al2 terminals 4 5 Al2 terminals 4 5 2 PID ref from menu M3 par R34 Al3 Fieldbus ref FBProcessDatalN1 Alg 4 Motor potentiometer reference PID ref from menu M3 par R34 5 Fieldbus ref FBProcessDatalN1 6 Motor potentiometer reference Table 8 12 Selections for parameter ID332 333 PID controller actual value selection 57 2 2 8 2 2 1 8 This parameter selects the PID controller actual value 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 2 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 3 Actual value 1 Actual value 2 4 Greater one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 5 Smaller one of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 6 Mean value of Actual value 1 and Actual value 2 7 Square root of Actual value 1 Square root of Actual value 2 334 Actual value 1 selection 57 2 2 9 2 2 1 9 335 Actual value 2 selection 57 2 2 10 2 2 1 10 0 Not used 1 Al control board
42. 2 Al2 control board 3 AI 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus Actual value 1 FBProcessDatalN2 Actual value 2 FBProcessDatalN3 Application 5 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency for Actual value 1 only 336 Actual value 1 minimum scale 57 2 2 11 2 2 1 11 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 337 Actual value 1 maximum scale57 2 2 12 2 2 1 12 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 1 See Figure 8 22 338 Actual value 2 minimum scale 57 2 2 13 2 2 1 13 Sets the minimum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 142 Description of parameters Honeywell 339 Actual value 2 maximum scale57 2 2 14 2 2 1 14 Sets the maximum scaling point for Actual value 2 See Figure 8 22 Scaled x A Scaled input signal input signal 100 1D336 30 1D337 80 76 5 15 3 mA 1ID338 30 ID339 140 Analogue SE a i 1 Analogue 100 input s 100 140 input a t gt t m gt 10 0 V 10 0 V i 20 0 mA 20 0 mA 20 0 mA 20 0 mA NX12k34 Figure 8 22 Examples of actual value signal scaling 340 PID error value inversion 57 2 2 32 2 2 1 5 This parameter allows you to invert the error value of t
43. 3 3 I O term O Keypad Bus Comm_ The frequency converter is controlled through a fieldbus UO terminals are the selected control place i e START STOP commands or reference values etc are given through the I O terminals Control keypad is the selected control place i e the motor can be started or stopped or its reference values etc altered from the keypad 7 1 3 Status LEDs green green red The status LEDs light up in connection with the READY RUN and FAULT drive status indicators e lluminates with the AC power connected to the drive Simultaneously the drive status indicator READY is lit up ar D lluminates when the drive is running Blinks when the STOP button has been pushed and the drive is ramping down int e Illuminates when unsafe operating conditions were encountered due to which the drive was stopped Fault Trip Simultaneously the drive status indicator FAULT blinks on the display and the fault description can be seen see chapter 7 3 4 Active Faults Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell 7 1 4 Text lines Control keypad The three text lines ee eee provide the user with information on his present location in the keypad menu structure as well as with information related to the o
44. 3 6 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust F ID Note oe output 2 0 1 signal selection Analogue output 2 Analogue output 2 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 2 0 Not inverted A 1 474 _ inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 0 0 mA Seil S oe f efaa Analogue output 2 100 00 100 00 477 offset Table 6 16 Analogue output 2 parameters G2 3 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 83 6 5 4 SES output 3 Control e Menu M2 gt G2 3 7 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust p ID Note P23 7 1 Lac output 3 0 1 signal selection Analogue output 3 p2 3 7 3 Analogue output 3 10 00 s 1 00 480 0 No filtering filter time P23 7 4 Analogue output 3 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 3 lt 0 mA p2 3 7 6 Analogue output 3 10 1000 100 483 scale p2 3 7 7 Analogue output 3 400 00 100 00 offset Table 6 17 Analogue output 3 parameters G2 3 7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 84 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 5 Drive control para
45. 354 1 Low limit H Ee limit P2 3 2 12 FC temperature supervised value Supervised e Anal input limit E limit E E ee iNput fmi 2 1 Low limit supervision SURE ION alr High limit supervision P2 3 2 15 Analogue input 100 00 supervised value Table 7 11 Output signals Limit settings Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 109 7 os output 1 Se SS Menu M2 gt G2 3 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note a signal selection 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O InMotor 5 Motor torque O Analogue output Tnotor function 6 Motor power O Phmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt 0 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output Analogue output filter time 0 No filtering Analogue output 0 Not inverted KEE e ee mamn ft eT ofa O minimum 1 4 mA Analogue output 10 1000 100 311 scale Analogue output bi e ee ee Table 7 12 Output signals Analogue output 1 7 5 4 4 Analogue output 2 SS keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 Parameter Def
46. 36 0 394 1 57 FR6 0 787 3 54 0 591 2 36 0 787 3 54 0 591 2 36 FR7 0 984 4 72 0 984 4 72 0 984 4 72 0 984 4 72 FR8 amp 0140 0 906 9 45 0 906 9 45 0 906 9 45 0 906 9 45 0168 0205 1 1 9 45 1 1 9 45 1 1 9 45 1 1 9 45 FR9 1 1 11 6 1 1 11 6 1 1 11 6 1 1 11 6 Table 6 3 Cables stripping lengths in Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 39 94 Note To connect an external brake resistor see separate Brake Resistor Manual See also Chapter Internal brake resistor connection P6 7 1 on page 81 in this manual Figure 6 4 NX FR4 Earth terminals i n ts Mains cable Motor cable z Figure 6 5 Cable installation in NX FR4 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 40 94 Cabling and connections Figure 6 6 NX FR5 Protection class NEMA1 Mains cable ech d Motor cable D Figure 6 7 Cable installation in NX FR5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario
47. 5 9 Power loss as function of switching frequency NXS 0015 0075 A 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 Switching frequency kHz 0010NX5 400V 0010NX5 500V 0100NX5 400V 0100NX5 500V 0200NX5 400V 0200NX5 500V Figure 5 10 Power loss as function of switching frequency NXS 0100 0200 A Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Installation 1400 00 1200 00 1000 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 8 00 10 00 12 00 14 00 16 00 Switching frequency kHz 0250NX5 400V 0250NX5 500V 0300NX5 400V O300NX5 500V 0400NX5 400V 0400NX5 500V Figure 5 11 Power loss as function of switching frequency NXS 0250 0400 A 2500 00 2000 00 1500 00 1000 00 6 00 A 10 00 Switching frequency kHz 0500NX5 400V 0500NX5 500V O600NX5 400V O600NX5 500V 0750NX5 400V 0750NX5 500V Figure 5 12 Power loss as function of switching frequency NXS 0500 0750 A Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www ho
48. 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 129 DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN1 closed contact start pulse DIN2 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 8 A Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are frequency ID506 simultaneous the Stop pulse coasti overrides the Start pulse asting II a l l l REV E DIN1 JN Start l DIN2 Stop NX012K11 Figure 8 8 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections including the text Rising edge required to start shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started Applications 2 and 4 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact
49. Al2 A12 signal selection az signal selection 0 Al2 custom setting 100 00 00 minimum Al2 custom setting pase ee career Al2 A12 signal inversion inversion 0 E a Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 Analogue input 1 reference inversion yes no Analogue input 1 reference filter time constant TTF programming method used See page 70 0 0 20 mA 1 4 20 mA 2 custom setting range Analogue input 2 scale minimum Analogue maximum Analogue input reference inversion yes no Analogue input reference filter constant input 2 scale time CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact 63 2600 www honeywell com Page 44 Multi step speed control application Honeywell Reference scaling par Selects the frequency that minir rn value 2216 Hz 303 corresponds to the min reference signal Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value 0 Not used Free analogue input 1 Uin analogue volt signal selection input 2 lin analogue curr input 0 No function 1 Reduces current limit par 2 1 5 2 Reduces DC braking current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Reference scaling maximum value Free analogue input function
50. Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 178 Description of parameters Honeywell 714 Underload protection field weakening areaload 234567 2 7 18 The torque limit can be set P between 10 0 150 0 x Trmotor Tongue This parameter gives the value for the minimum torque allowed when the output frequency is above the Par ID714 field weakening point See Figure 8 51 If you change parameter ID113 Motor nominal current this Par ID715 parameter is automatically restored Underead area to the default value See chapter 9 6 f T gt Fieldweakening point par ID602 NX12k65 Figure 8 51 Setting of minimum load 715 Underload protection zero frequency load 234567 2 7 19 The torque limit can be set between 5 0 150 0 x TnMotor This parameter gives value for the minimum torque allowed with zero frequency See Figure 8 51 If you change the value of parameter ID113 Motor nominal current this parameter is automatically restored to the default value See chapter 9 6 716 Underload time 234567 2 7 20 This time can be set between 2 0 and 600 0 s This is the maximum time allowed for an underload state to exist An internal up down counter counts the accumulated underload time If the underload counter value goes above this limit the protection will
51. Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max ont Default Cust Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Ti NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 50 00 check suitability for motor and drive system NOTE If PID controller is Acceleration time 1 0 1 3000 0 s 1 0 103 sed Acceleration time 2 par 2 4 3 is automati cally applied NOTE If PID controller is used Deceleration time 2 par 2 4 4 is automati cally applied Current limit Varies Varies Varies See Table 8 2 NX2 230V NOA E OES aog v NX5 400V NX6 690V Nominal frequency Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor Nominal speed of The default applies for a 4 P 20 000 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal the motor 3 size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating paleo of Check the rating plate of EEN 0 Anal volt input 2 3 1 Anal curr input 4 5 PID controller 2 PID ref from Keypad reference signal control page par 3 4 Place A 3 PID ref from fieldbus ProcessDatalN 1 4 Motor potentiometer PID controller gain 0 0 10000 1000 og PID controller me 0 00 320 00 s 100 og PID controller D Par Sleep frequency Par 2 1 1 212 Hz 10 00 1016 Sieepdelay o so s a ww SCS Wake up level 0 00 10000 25 00 tore S 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level 2 1 17 Wake up function RS 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up lev
52. Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter em In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 2 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See NX User s Manual Chapter 7 for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor i control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 4 In of the nominal motor V1 5 Motor torque torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13 Alt V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 Displays three selectable M1 17 Monitoring items Kee monitoring values Table 2 2 Monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywel
53. Default Prohibit frequency par 2 5 2 Hz 509 range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 Hz 510 range 1 high limit P253 Prohibit acc dec 0 1 10 0 1 0 518 ramp Table 2 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 20 Standard application Honeywell 2 4 7 Motor control parameters Se keypad Menu M2 gt Se Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note NXS 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control Additionally for NXP 2 Torque control Motor control mode 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 5 Adv open loop freq control 6 Advanced open loop speed control P2 6 1 ee 0 Not used 0 Linear i 1 Squared P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 2 Proanamniabile 3 Linear with flux optim mm Pe EECHER on Voltage at field no U f curve midpoint par KN xX a P2 6 7 2 SS 100 00 100 00 Parameter max value 9 EE 2 6 5 Output voltage at us ien values 0 Not used 0 607 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used ee Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 12 NXP only P2 6 12 1 Magnetizing current P2 6 12 2 Speed control P gain 0 1000 a s T P2 6 12 3_ Speed control I time 0 0 500 0 o e P2 6 12 4 Load drooping 0 00 10000 000 620 ous L S ooo a
54. GEES Force control place to I O a so eee ue o Cn ae terminal cc Force control place to EECH SC E ee eg keypad cc Force control place to P2 2 7 20 Control from fieldbus ee fieldbus cc Parameter set 1 set 2 Closed cont Set 2 is used P2 2 7 21 selection Open cont Set 1 is used Closed cont Mode 2 is used P2 2 7 22 Motor control mode 1 2 0 1 164 Open cont Mode 1 is used See par 2 6 1 2 6 12 Table 6 10 Digital input signals G2 2 4 cc closing contact oc opening contact Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 79 6 5 4 Output signals 6 5 4 1 Delayed digital output 1 Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Digital output 1 signal selection P2 3 1 1 0 0 1 486 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reverse 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active Digital output 1 13 Freq limit 1 superv function 14 Freq limit 2 superv 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 1 0 control place act 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Reference inverted 21 Ext br
55. Level H Mains cable 1 Motor cable 2 Control cable 4 Table 6 1 Cable types required to meet standards Level H EN 61800 3 1st environment EN 50081 2 1 Power cable intended for fixed installation and the specific mains voltage Shielded cable not required NNCABLES MCMK or similar recommended 2 Power cable equipped with concentric protection wire and intended for the specific mains voltage NNCABLES MCMK or similar recommended 3 Power cable equipped with compact low impedance shield and intended for the specific mains voltage Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 35 94 NNCABLES MCCMK SAB OZCUY J or similar recommended Screened cable equipped with compact low impedance shield NNCABLES jamak SAB OZCuY O or similar 4 6 1 1 4 Cable and fuse sizes F Mains and Terminal cable size use j Frame Type motor cable Main terminal Earth terminal OR OR FR4 0015 0050 A 3 9 10 16 16 0 002 0 006 0 002 0 004 FR4 0075A 12 16 3 2 5 2 5 0 002 0 006 0 002 0 004 ERR 0100A 16 20 12 12 0 002 0 02 0 002 0 02 ERR 0150A 23 25 10 10 0 002 0 02 0 002 0 02 FR5 0200A 31 35 8 8 0 002 0 02 0 002 0
56. NX connections Do not even open the cover before this time has expired Before connecting the frequency converter to mains make sure that the NX front cover is closed When running the side of converter FR8 is burning hot Do not touch with hands When running the back of frequency converter FR6 is burning hot Therefore it MUST NOT be mounted onto a surface which is not fireproof 8 2 Commissioning of the frequency converter 1 Read the safety instructions in Chapter 1 and above and follow them 2 After the installation pay attention to that both the frequency converter and the motor are grounded that the mains and motor cables comply with the requirements given in Chapter 6 1 1 that the control cables are located as far as possible from the power cables see Chapter 6 1 2 step 3 the shields of the shielded cables are connected to protective earth The wires may not touch the electrical components of the frequency converter that the common inputs of digital input groups are connected to 24V or ground of the I O terminal or the external supply 3 Check the quality and quantity of cooling air Chapter 0 and Table 5 9 4 Check the inside of the frequency converter for condensation 5 Check that all Start Stop switches connected to the I O terminals are in Stop position Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley
57. Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 26 Local Remote control application Honeywell 3 3 Control signal logic in Local Remote Application 2 1 15 Jogging speed ref 2 1 14 Fieldbus Ctrl reference EI 2 1 13 Keypad Ctrl reference 2 1 12 I O B reference 2 1 11 I O A reference Reset button 17 3 1 Control place I I I I A I I I I I I I I I B I I 1 f I i I I i I I I I I I I I I I l 1 d Internal 1 1 frequency ref SE I I l I I I I I I I I I I I ARER 4 1 i I I I i ARRA lt 3 Start Stop buttons 1 I I I Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward DIN1 P bl programmable SE Sikes DIN2 Start reverse reverse logic A i z programmable I DNA Start forward Internal Start Stop D programmable Rrogrammable i Start reverse RESID i B i DIN5 g programmable i L Internal reverse 3 3 Keypad direction E Fault t input bl gt 1 Internal fault reset DIN3 e ault reset input programmable gt Figure 3 1 Control signal logic of the Local Remote Control Application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Local Remote control application 3 4 Local Remote control application
58. Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 118 to 193 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own settings ID ID number of the parameter wem In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter number Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 3 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See NX User s Manual Chapter 7 for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 vip Motor torque ai A In of motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor t
59. SE Contact closed Jogging speed active programmable a ae EE 15 DIN5 External fault Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault aA 16 DIN6 Accel decel time select Contact open par 2 1 3 2 1 4 in use a a programmable Contact closed par 2 4 3 2 4 4 in use 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V Goal 18 AOA1 Output frequency Programmable READY 19 AOA1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA Ri max 5009 L i EE pos 20 DOA1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC NXOPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN Lisans 22 BO RUN kee Q a ee el 23 RO1 Se 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 220 4 25 RO2 FAULT VAC Sab Kee 26 RO2 __J _ Table 6 1 Multi purpose control application default I O configuration and connection example Note See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 More information in NX Users CMA and CMB grounding Manual Chapter 6 2 2 2 CMB connected to GND CMAconnected to GND CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA e internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control app
60. Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell PID control application Output frequency ebe limit SE limit 1 supervision 2 315 1 Low limit el ee 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 1 316 Supervised value Output frequenc O No limit mit ara 1 Low limit supervision limit 2 supervision 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 2 Supervised value ES 0 Not used Torque limit Oe Sen SR er 1 Low limit supervision supervision pa limit supervision supervision value Reference limit ee used supervision Poni H ae limit Reference limit Par supervision value 2 1 2 External enema E used 9 354 1 Low limit Pema limit FC temperature supervised value Analogue output 2 ES programming method signal selection Q used See page 70 function Analogue output 2 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 2 1 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 1 475 0 0 mA minimum 1 4 mA scaling Table 5 5 Output signals G2 3 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 62 PID control application Honeywell 5 4 5 Drive control parameters Siini Ge Menu M2 gt
61. UO Ground Ground for reference and controls Basic reference 4 Al2 Input for reference current Basic reference programmable optional _ 5 Al2 range 0 20 mA i aS ee 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND IO ground Ground for reference and controls ee See ee 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable ee 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse ke See programmable ee 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault pss Le ee programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 E 13 GND UO ground Ground for reference and controls H been 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 sel1 sel2 sel3 sel 4 with DIN3 0 0 0 0 basic speed l Da 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 1 0 0 0 speed 1 KS Sp EE 0 1 0 0 speed 2 eg 16 DIN6 Multi step speed select 3 CH EE 1 1 1 1 speed 15 l 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V l 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable READY L 19 AO1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5009 Eeer SE ee 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector I lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC NXOPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN LE ee RUN LL EE 23 RO1 a 24 RO2 Relay output 2 Programmable 220 934 25 RO2 FAULT VAC Se Se 26 RO ___ Automation and Control Solut
62. Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Earth fault protection ensures that the sum of the motor phase currents is zero The overcurrent protection is always working and protects the frequency converter from earth faults with high currents 704 Motor thermal protection 234567 2 7 8 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is selected the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection i e setting parameter to 0 will reset the thermal stage of the motor to 0 See chapter 9 4 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 175 705 Motor thermal protection Motor ambient temp factor 234567 2 7 9 The factor can be set between 100 0 100 0 See chapter 9 4 706 Motor thermal protection Motor cooling factor at zero speed 234567 2 7 10 The current can be set between 0O 150 0 x Loge This parameter sets the value for thermal current at zero frequency See Figure 8 47 The default value is set assuming that there is no external fan cooling the motor If an external fan is used this parameter can be set to 90 or even
63. a stall stage to occur the current must have exceeded this limit See Figure 8 49 The software does not allow entering a greater value than Late 2 If parameter ID113 Nominal current of motor is Stall area changed this parameter is automatically restored to the default value lnmotor 1 3 See chapter 9 5 Par ID710 f gt Par ID712 wee Figure 8 49 Stall characteristics settings 711 Stall time 234567 2 7 15 This time can be set between 1 0 and A Stall time counter 120 0s This is the maximum time allowed for a dE stall stage The stall time is counted by ap II internal up down counter If the stall time counter value goes above this limit the protection will cause a trip see ID709 See chapter 9 5 A warnin par ID709 9 Stall Ria No stall _I LJ NX12k64 Figure 8 50 Stall time count 712 Stall frequency limit 234567 2 7 16 The frequency can be set between 1 f a ID102 For a stall state to occur the output frequency must have remained below this limit See chapter 9 5 713 Underload protection 234567 2 7 17 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting If tripping is set active the drive will stop and activate the fault stage Deactivating the protection by setting the parameter to 0 will reset the underload time counter to zero See chapter 9 6 Automation and
64. autochange The above is also applicable if the autochange function is used In addition to the changed and updated start order also the change order of main drives depends on parameter 2 9 23 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Interlocks Interlock 4 OFF Interlock 3 oN Interlock 2 OFF Interlock 1 ON ON Relay oi control OFF ON OFF ON OFF Max Freq Aux 1 2 and 3 Start frequency Main drive output freq Aux 1 2 and 3 Stop frequency PID output Aux drive 3 Aux drive 1 Figure 7 4 Example of the function of the PFC application with three aux drives Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 100 Pump and fan control application Honeywell NX12k107 ds4 Figure 7 5 Example of 2 pump autochange main diagram F3 i o DI Ml e II d 9S 9 d dd KK K VV K3 _ NX12k104 ds4 Figure 7 6 Example of 3 pump autochange main diagram Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honey
65. be connected to GND or 24V of I O terminal or to external 24V or GND Selection with jumper block X3 see page 52 Output signal range Current 0 4 20mA H max 500Q or Voltage O 10V R gt 1kQ Selection with jumper block X6 see page 52 Maximum Uin 48VDC Maximum current 50 mA RO1 1 24VDC 8A RO1 2 P 250VAC 8A 125VDC 0 4A RO1 3 f Min switching load 5V 10mA RO2 1 Relay output 2 Switching capacity 24VDC 8A RO2 2 250VAC 8A RO2 3 125VDC 0 4A Min switching load 5V 10mA Table 6 6 Control I O terminal signals Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 51 94 The active signal level depends on which potential the common inputs CMA and CMB terminals 11 and 17 are connected to The alternatives are either 24V or ground 0 V See Figure 6 23 The 24 volt control voltage and the ground for the digital inputs and the common inputs CMA CMB can be either internal or external i Ground Ao DIN1 DIN ra DIN2 DIN2 l a DINS l Ground CMA 24V CMA Positive logic 24V is the active signal Negative logic OV is the active signal the input is active when the switch is closed the input is active when the switch is closed Figure 6 23 Positive Negative logic DIN3 The user is
66. cause a trip according to parameter ID713 If the drive is stopped the underload counter is reset to zero See Figure 8 52 and chapter 9 6 A Underload time counter Trip area Par ID716 Trip warnin par ID713 I I I I Time gt Neg ee eek eg No underl NX12k66 Figure 8 52 Underload time counter function Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 179 717 Automatic restart Wait time 234567 Defines the time before the frequency converter tries to automatically restart the motor after the fault has disappeared 2 8 1 718 Automatic restart Trial time 234567 The Automatic restart function restarts the frequency converter when the faults selected with parameters ID720 to ID725 have disappeared and the waiting time has elapsed 2 8 2 Wait time ar ID717 Fault trigger Wait time i Par ID717 E Wait time Par ID717 eT Motor stop signal Restart 1 Motor start signal Restart 2 Gi lt Supervision Trial time Par ID718 Fault active RESET Fault reset NX12k67 Autoreset function Trials 2 Figure 8 53 Example of Automatic restar
67. control place by entering the edit mode with the right arrow menu button The options can then be browsed through with the Browser buttons Select the desired control place with the Enter button See the diagram on the next page See also 7 3 3 above Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad 7 gt P gt Keypad control Control Place P1i gt P3 I O Remote p31 EEN P31 Control Place Control Place Keypad Keypad Figure 7 6 Selection of control place The keypad reference submenu P3 2 displays and allows the operator to edit the frequency reference The changes will take place immediately This reference value will not however influence the rotation speed of the motor unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place NOTE The maximum difference between the output frequency and the keypad reference is 6 Hz The application software monitors the keypad frequency automatically See also 7 3 3 above See Figure 7 5 for how to edit the reference value pressing the Enter button is not however necessary The keypad direction submenu displays and allows the operator to change the rotating direction of the motor This setting will not however influence the rotation direction
68. fault reset to jogging speed select The basic speed reference can be either voltage or current signal via analogue input terminals 2 3 or 4 5 The other one of the analogue inputs can be programmed for other purposes e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Multi Step Speed Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell 4 2 Control I O Multi step speed control application Page 39 Reference potentiometer NXOPTA1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10Vrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc l 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Basic reference programmable 0 10V DC range 0 10 V DC EE 3 Al1
69. freq control 6 Advanced open loop speed control P2 6 1 EE 0 Not used 0 Linear P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim e ITT eoo zoo z sooo a ee Same rom won are 100 00 IT U f curve midpoint par Ee pzez ZP EC 100 00 100 00 Parameter max value S EES 2 6 5 Output voltage at us ien values o It 0 Not used Vervo tagg 1 Used no ramping controller 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used controller 1 Used Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 12 NXP only P2 6 12 1 Magnetizing current P2 6 12 2 Breed control P gaint 0 1000 a i Cl P2 6 12 3 Speed control I time op 500 0 BE P2 6 12 4 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 000 620 ees ZS ooo aoa pe ep compensation P2 6 12 6 Slip adjust a Magnetizing current MotCurr MotCurr P26 128 Magnetizing time at 600 0 start P2 6 12 9 0 speed time at start 0 32000 E E a P2 6 12 10_ 0 speed time at stop 0 32000 EO E E EE E S S 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 12 11 Start up torque 3 621 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 12 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 3000 s 00 ear P2 6 12 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 s 00 el P2 6 12 15 Encoder filter time 0 1000 ms 0 618 P gain Automation and Control Solutions 607 Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 554
70. higher Note The value is set as a percentage of the motor name plate data par ID113 Nominal current of motor not the drive s nominal output current The motor s nominal current is the current that the motor can withstand in direct on line use without being overheated If you change the parameter Nominal current of motor this parameter is automatically restored to the default value Setting this parameter does not affect the maximum output current of the drive which is determined by parameter ID107 alone See chapter 9 4 P cooling A Overload area Par ID706 40 NX12k62 Figure 8 47 Motor thermal current I curve 707 Motor thermal protection Time constant 234567 2 7 11 This time can be set between 1 and 200 minutes This is the thermal time constant of the motor The bigger the motor the bigger the time constant The time constant is the time within which the calculated thermal stage has reached 63 of its final value Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 176 Description of parameters Honeywell The motor thermal time is specific to the motor design and it varies between different motor manufacturers If the motor s t6 time t6 is the time in seconds the motor can safely operate at six times the rated current is kno
71. if possible If this is not possible secure the safety of each test prior to running it Inform co workers of the tests e a Switch off the supply voltage and wait up until the drive has stopped as advised at Chapter 8 1 step 5 b Connect the motor cable to the motor and to the motor cable terminals of the frequency converter c Ensure that all Start Stop switches are in Stop positions Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 90 94 Commissioning Honeywell d Switch the mains ON e Repeat test 8A or 8B 10 Connect the motor to the process if the startup test was run without the motor being connected a Before running the tests make sure that this can be done safely b Inform co workers of the tests c Repeat test 8A or 8B Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Fault tracing 9 FAULT TRACING When a fault is detected by the frequency converter control electronics the drive is stopped and the symbol F together with the ordinal number of the fault the fault code and a short fault description appear on the display The fault can be reset with the Res
72. in addition enhances the waveform of the input current to the frequency converter The entire power drawn by the frequency converter from the mains is active power The IGBT Inverter Bridge produces a symmetrical 3 phase PWM modulated AC voltage to the motor The Motor and Application Control Block is based on microprocessor software The microprocessor controls the motor basing on the information it receives through measurements parameter settings control I O and control keypad The motor and application control block controls the motor control ASIC which in turn calculates the IGBT positions Gate drivers amplify these signals for driving the IGBT inverter bridge Brake resistor Power module A tss IGBT Integrated input module Rectifier Inverter curent en Control module D ET H ii control VO eeePeeRIe ekkkkkkk For FR4 FR6 a brake resistor may be installed internally as well as externally For the larger frames FR7 FR8 and FR9 brake resistors and brake choppers are available as options For FR10 and bigger an external brake chopper is required Figure 4 1 NX block diagram Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 14 94 Technical data Honeywell The control keypad provides a link bet
73. of the motor unless the keypad has been selected as the active control place See also 7 3 3 above See Figure 7 6 for how to change the rotation direction Note Information on controlling the motor with the keypad is given in Chapters 7 2 1 7 3 3 and 8 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell 7 3 4 Active faults menu M4 The Active faults menu can be entered from the Main menu by pushing the right arrow menu button when the location indication M4 is visible on the first line of the keypad display When a fault brings the frequency converter to a stop the location indication F1 the fault code a short description of the fault and the fault type symbol see Chapter 7 3 4 1 will appear on the display In addition the indication FAULT or ALARM see Figure 7 1 or Chapter 7 1 1 is displayed and in case of a FAULT the red led on the keypad starts to blink If several faults occur simultaneously the list of active faults can be browsed with the Browser buttons The memory of active faults can store the maximum of 10 faults in the order of appearance The display can be cleared with the Reset button and the read out will return to the same state it was before the fault trip The fault remains active until it is cleared with the R
74. order contact the supplier immediately 3 1 Type designation code NXS 0050 B 12 Sg Enclosure 00 Open chassis 10 Nema 1 12 Nema 12 Voltage range B 208 240 Vac 3 phase 380 500 Vac 3 phase 525 690 Vac 3 phase Motor Power HP 0005 1 2 HP Low overloadability 0050 5HP 10 overload at 0400 40 HP etc 40 deg C Product Series NXS NXL Figure 3 1 NX type designation code 3 2 Storage If the frequency converter is to be kept in store ensure that the ambient conditions are acceptable Storing temperature 104 158 F 40 70 C Relative humidity lt 95 no condensation Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Receipt of shipment Honeywell 3 3 Maintenance In normal conditions the NX frequency converters are maintenance free However it is recommended the heatsink be cleared periodically with compressed air The cooling fan can easily be changed if necessary 3 4 Warranty Only manufacturing defects are covered by the warranty The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for damages caused during or resulting from transport receipt of the delivery installation commissioning or use The manufacturer shall in no event and under no circumstances be held responsible for damages and failures resulting from misuse incorrect installation unaccept
75. possible to set the number of times the drive will try to receive acknowledgement if this does not happen within the acknowledgement time P6 7 3 or if the received acknowledgement is faulty Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad Enter the edit mode by pushing the right arrow menu button The present value shown starts to blink Use the Browser buttons to change the amount of retries Accept the change with the Enter button or return to the previous level with the eft arrow menu button See Figure 7 23 for the procedure of changing the value In the System info submenu 86 8 frequency converter related hardware and software information as well as operation related information can be found Total counters S6 8 1 In the Total counters page S6 8 1 is information related to the frequency converter operation times i e the total numbers of MWh operation days and operation hours passed so far Unlike the counters in the Trip counters menu these counters cannot be reset Note The operation time counter days and hours runs always when the power is on Page Counter C6 8 1 1 MWh counter C6 8 1 2 Operation day counter C6 8 1 3 Operation hour counter Table 7 6 Counter pages Trip counters S6 8 2
76. speed 6 P2 1 21 Preset speed 7 GEES 50 00 130 Multi step speed 7 Table 6 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 75 6 5 3 Input signals 6 5 3 1 Basic Settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 1 Parameter Start Start signal 1 signal 2 Default Default DIN1 DIN2 Start forw Start rev Start Stop Reverse Start Stop Run enable Start pulse Stop pulse Start Mot pot UP Fwd pulse Rev pulse Start pulse Rev pulse Start pulse Enabl pulse ramp time Motor potentiometer om No reset i 1 Reset if stopped or frequency reference memory reset powered down 2 Reset if powered down 0 Not used 1 Al1 ae 2 Al2 Adjust input 5 493 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN P2 2 1 5 Adjustminimum 00 1000 00 494 s P2 2 1 6 Adjustmaximum 0 0 1000 00 495 S Table 6 4 Input signals basic settings G2 2 1 Start Stop logic selection 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 a 6 5 3 2 Analogue input 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 2 Parameter Al1 signal selection 0 P2 2 2 2 Al1 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 324 0 No filtering 0 0 100 1 20 100 Ze 10V 10V 3 Custom range setting maximum setting Al1 reference Ea the frequ
77. to be done for the parameters of the new application once on page 6 3 2 as instructed Otherwise the panel will always ask for the permission to upload the parameters Note Parameters saved in the parameter settings on page 6 3 1 will be deleted when applications are changed If transfer of the parameters from one application to another is required they must be uploaded first to the keypad In the Parameter comparison submenu S6 4 the actual parameter values to the values of the customised parameter sets and those loaded to the control keypad can be compared The comparison is performed by pushing the right arrow menu button when in the Parameter comparison submenu The actual parameter values are first compared to those of the customised parameter Gei If no differences are detected a 0 is displayed on the lowermost line But if any of the parameter values differ from those of the Set1 the number of the deviations is displayed together with symbol P e g P1 gt P5 five deviating values By pressing the right arrow menu button once again it is possible to enter the pages where both the actual value and the value it was compared to can be seen In this display the value on the Description line in the middle is the default value and the one on the value line lowermost is the edited value Furthermore it is possible to also edit the actual value with the Browser buttons in the edit mode that you can reach by pushing the right arrow menu butt
78. to facilitate the commissioning of the frequency converter If selected active the Start up Wizard prompts the operator for the language and application of his her choice and then returns to the starting menu or page Set the Start up Wizard active in the following way In the System Menu find page P6 5 3 Press the Menu button right once to reach the edit mode Use the Browser buttons to set value Yes and confirm the selection with the Enter button If you want to deactivate the function follow the same procedure and give the parameter value No cy READY P653 Gap P653 aap ane Startup wizard Startup wizard A mem No 1 Yes Figure 7 16 Activation of Start up wizard Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad Multimonitoring items P6 5 4 Honeywell alpha numeric keypad features a display where the user can monitor even three actual values at the same time see chapter 7 3 1 and chapter Monitoring values in the manual of the application you are using On page P6 5 4 of the System Menu you can define if it is possible for the operator to replace the values monitored with other values See below Gi EADY P654 Gp P654 Gp Multimon items gt Multimon items Multimon items ChangeEnable ChangeEnable ChangeDisable
79. to find the desired board slot and signal number The program will scroll the board slots starting from 0 and proceeding from A to E and the I O selection from 1 to 10 Once you have set the desired value press the Enter button once to confirm the change Ref Faul Warn DigOUT 0 0 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 71 6 4 2 Defining a terminal for a certain function with NCDrive programming tool If you use the NCDrive Programming Tool for parametrizing you will have to establish the connection between the function and input output in the same way as with the control panel Just pick the address code from the drop down menu in the Value column see the Figure below SES LOADED Compare a 9 G 2 2 5 ANALOG INPUT 4 index Variable fei va Defaut Luet G 2 2 6 DIGITAL INPUTS P 2 3 1 3 Fault DigQUT A 1 DigQUT 0 1 DigQUT E 10 Ou E P 2 3 1 4 Fault Inverted DigQUT 0 1 DigQUT 0 1 igQUT E 10 B G23 OUTRUT SIGNALS P 2 3 1 5 Waming Dig0UT 0 1 DigQUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 2 G 2 3 1 DIG OUT SIGNALS F 23 1 6 Extemal Fault i DigQUT 0 1 Dig0UT E 10 P 2 3 1 1 Ready P 2 3 1 2 Run P 2 3 1 3 Fault H P 2 3 1 4 Fault Inv
80. trip Number of tries after motor temperature fault trip pet ees a TE external fault trip Sse E A EEE E E underload fault trip Table 6 22 Autorestart parameters G2 8 6 5 10 Fieldbus parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 9 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 9 1 Fieldbus min scale 0 00 320 00 Hz 0 00 850 P2 9 2 ee selection with parameter ID Fieldbus data out 2 Choose monitoring data Wee EA 289 parameter L B selection with parameter ID selection with parameter ID with parameter ID with parameter ID selection selection selection Table 6 23 Fieldbus parameters with parameter ID with parameter ID Fieldbus data out 5 selection Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 89 6 5 11 Torque control parameters Control Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 10 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 10 1 Torque limit 400 0 400 0 609 P gain l gain 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 Torque reference 4 Al4 selection 5 Al1 joystick 6 Al2 joystick 7 Torque reference from keypad R3 5 Fe Pe ry Ee So 0 Max frequency 1 Selected Torque speed limit freq reference 2 Preset speed 7 Minimum frequency for open loop par 2 1 1 torque control ELSE Gees P gain ga
81. voltage Analogue input voltage or current Analogue input common Analogue input voltage or current Analogue input common 24V auxiliary voltage I O ground Digital input 1 Digital input 2 Digital input 3 Digital input common A for DIN1 DIN2 and DIN3 24V auxiliary voltage I O ground Digital input 4 Digital input 5 Digital input 6 Digital input common B for DIB4 DIB5 and DIB6 Analogue signal output Analogue output common Open collector output Ce Relay output 1 Switching capacity Maximum current 10 mA Selection V or mA with jumper block X1 see page 52 Default O 10V Ri 200 kQ 10V 10V Joy stick control selected with a jumper 0 20mA Ri 250 Q Differential input if not connected to ground Allows 20V differential mode voltage to GND Selection V or mA with jumper block X2 see page 52 Default 0 20mA Ri 250 Q 0 10V Ri 200 kQ 10V 10V Joy stick control selected with a jumper Differential input if not connected to ground Allows 20V differential mode voltage to GND 15 maximum current 250mA all boards total 150mA from single board Can also be used as external power backup for the control unit and fieldbus Ground for reference and controls R min 5kQ Must be connected to GND or 24V of I O terminal or to external 24V or GND Selection with jumper block X3 see page 52 Same as terminal 6 Same as terminal 7 Ri min 5kQ Must
82. will request the current password The password will be entered with the Browser buttons READY 51 Gp S65 Gp Password Password N d Not in use on 00 Zeus Figure 7 14 Password setting Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell Note Store the password in a secure location No changes can be made unless a valid password is entered Parameter lock P6 5 2 This function allows the user to prohibit changes to the parameters If the parameter lock is activated the text locked will appear on the display when the parameter value is edited NOTE This function does not prevent unauthorised editing of parameter values Enter the edit mode by pushing the right arrow menu button HYPERLINK I menubuttonright Use the Browser buttons to change the parameter lock status Accept the change with the Enter button or return to the previous level with the eft arrow menu button Menu button left a cD oS cp a cD M ep 5 ep S652 ip System Menu Security gt Parameter Lock S13S9 Pi gt P4 ChangeEnable READY G S652 Gp S652 Gp Para meter Lock Parameter Lock ChangeEnable ChangeDisabl Figure 7 15 Parameter locking Start up Wizard P6 5 3 The Start up Wizard is a feature of the control keypad
83. 0 00 100 00 Parameter max value 9 par 2 6 5 P2 6 8 Output voltage at 40 00 606 n x Unmet zero frequency values o it 0 Not used EE 1 Used no ramping controller 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used controller 1 Used Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 12 NXP E P2 6 12 1 pagnetizing current P2 6 12 2 Speed control P gain O 1000 30 el P2 6 12 3 Speed convo Hime 0o f oo e ee n P2 6 12 4 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 0 00 620 ra EE compensation 0 P2 6 12 6 Slip adjust P2 6 12 7 P26 128 Magnetizing time at start P2 6 12 9 0 speed time at start P2 6 12 10 0 speed time at stop H PO 0 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 12 11 Start up torque 2 Torque reference 3 Start eee torque fwd rev 300 0 300 0 s P2 6 12 12 Giart up torque FWD 300 0 300 0 P2 6 12 13 Start up torque REV SSC 0 300 0 634 P2 6 12 15 Encoder filter time 1000 ms 618 P gain Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Local Remote control application Advanced Open Loop parameter group 2 6 13 NXP only P2 6 13 1_ Zero speed current 0 0 250 0 1200 e5 P2 6 13 2_ Minimum current 0 0 1000 800 Loi P2 6 13 3 Fluxreference 0 0 1000 800 63 P2 6 13 4 Frequency limit on 1000
84. 00 2 Custom setting range minimum minimum voan Alt custom setting aTe ae 100 00 100 0 1 Analogue input 1 scale maximum maximum P2 2 7 AIM signal inversion AIM signal inversion inversion 0 Analogue F input l reference inversion yes no Analogue input 1 P2 2 8 Al1 signal filter time 10 00 324 reference filter time constant P2 2 9 Al2 Al2 signal selection A12 signal selection 0 EE used See page 70 0 0 20 mA P2 2 10 Al2 signal range 1 4 20 mA 2 custom setting range p2 2 14 Al2 custom setting oan 100 00 100 00 00 het Analogue input 2 scale minimum minimum 2 2 42 Al2 custom setting Bett 100 00 o 100 00 las Analogue input 2 scale maximum maximum P2 2 13 Al2 A12 signal inversion inversion 0 2 Analogue F input 2 reference inversion yes no Analogue input 2 P2 2 14 Al2 signal filter time 10 00 reference filter time constant Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Local Remote control application Honeywell Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run Place B Start Stop Start pulse enable loci lecti Fwd Stop pulse ogic selection Start Stop Rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Run enable Place A Reference Selects the frequency that scaling minimum i corresponds to the min value reference
85. 00 137 Wullstep speed 12 Preset speed 13 000 Par 212 Hz 40 00 138 Mukrstep speed 13 Preset speed t4 000 Par 212 Hz 4500 13o Mullsiep speed a Preset speed 15_ 0 00 _ Par 212 Hz 5000 a0 Mutistep speed t5 Table 4 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi step speed control application 4 4 3 Input signals Gare Gig Menu M2 gt G2 2 Default n si Fee Al1 custom setting e aa 100 00 aa a Parameter Start Stop logic Alt Alt signal selection selection 0 Page 43 Start fwd Start Stop Start Stop Start pulse Fwd Start Stop Start Stop Start rvs Rvs Fwd Run enable Stop pulse Rvs Rvs Fwd Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Rvs if par 2 2 1 3 9 Jogging speed 10 Fault reset 11 Acc Dec prohibit 12 DC Braking command 13 Preset speed TTF NEE method used See page 70 0 0 100 1 20 100 2 Custom setting range ae input 1 scale minimum operation Al1 custom setting 77 100 00 100 0 Analogue input 1 scale maximum maximum AIM signal inversion AIM signal inversion inversion 0
86. 03 and ID304 above Easy changeover 5 2 2 37 0 Keep reference 1 Copy reference If Copy reference has been selected it is possible to switch from direct control to PID control and back without scaling the reference and actual value For example The process is driven with direct frequency reference Control place I O B fieldbus or keypad to some point and then the control place is switched to one where the PID controller is selected The PID control starts to maintain that point The PID controller error value is forced to zero when the control place is changed It is also possible to change the control source back to direct frequency control In this case the output frequency is copied as the frequency reference If the destination place is Keypad the run status Run Stop Direction and Reference will be copied The changeover is smooth when the reference of the destination source comes from the Keypad or an internal motor potentiometer par ID332 PID Ref 2 or 4 ID343 I O B Ref 2 or 4 par ID121 Keypad Ref 2 or 4 and ID122 Fieldbus Ref 2 or 4 Motor potentiometer memory reset Frequency reference 3567 2 2 23 2 2 28 2 2 1 3 2 2 1 16 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown Motor potentiometer memory reset PID reference 57 2 2 29 2 2 1 17 0 No reset 1 Memory reset in stop and powerdown 2 Memory reset in powerdown Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell
87. 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Ti NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed P2 1 2 Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 50 00 check suitability for motor and drive system P2 1 3 30000 s 10 ml P2 1 4 Deceleration time 1 P2 1 5 Current limit Varies Vares A Vares 107 See Table 82 Nominal voltage of Nee ZOV P2 1 6 the WON 180 V NX5 400V 110 NX6 690V Nominal frequency Check the rating plate of Nominal seeed GE The default applies for a 4 P2 1 8 P 20 000 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal the motor size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of Check the rating plate of 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 4 Al2 Al1 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick P2 1 11 UO Reference 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus 10 Motor potentiometer 11 Al1 Al2 minimum 12 Al1 Al2 maximum 13 Max frequency 14 Al1 Al2 selection 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al1 Al2 3 Al1 Al2 Keypad control 4 Al2 Al1 PANNA reference 121 5 Al1xAl2 6 Al1 Joystick 7 Al2 Joystick 8 Keypad 9 Fieldbus reference reference P2 1 15 Ten gest ron EE e P2 1 16 Preset speed 2 0 0 Par 2 1 2 Hz 15 00 106 Multi step speed 2 P2 1 17 Preseispeed3 000 Par 212l He 2000 128 Mullcstep speed 3 P2 1 18 Presetspeed4 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 25 00 127 Multistepspeed4 P2 1 19 Presetspeed5 0 00 Par_2 1 2 Hz 30 00 f 128 Multr step speed5 P2 1 20 Preset speed 6 Par 2 1 z 40 00 129 Multi SE
88. 116 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 0 Interlocks not used 1 Set new interlock last update order after Interlock selection 2 1 1032 value of par 2 9 26 or Stop state 2 Stop and update order immediately OE Not used Autoch and interl 1028 0 GEI drives only automatics selection 1 All drives P2 9 26 Autochange interval 0 0 3000 0 48 0 1029 0 0 TEST 40 s Autochange Maximum number of 1030 auxiliary drives Autochange display minimum Actual value special Actual value special Table 7 20 Pump and fan control parameters 7 5 11 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the NX User s Manual Parameter Default 1 1 0 terminal Control place 2 Keypad EE Par Direction co h Forward keypad eee Reverse PID reference 1 2 00 100 00 0 00 PID reference 2 100 00 0 Limited function of Stop button Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled Table 7 21 Keypad control parameters M3 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 117 7 5 12 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as a
89. 2 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 174 Description of parameters Honeywell 700 Response to the 4mA reference fault 234567 2 7 1 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning the frequency from 10 seconds back is set as reference 3 Warning the Preset Frequency Par ID728 is set as reference 4 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 5 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated if the 4 20 mA reference signal is used and the signal falls below 3 5 mA for 5 seconds or below 0 5 mA for 0 5 seconds The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 or relay outputs RO1 and RO2 701 Response to external fault 234567 2 7 3 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting A warning or a fault action and message is generated from the external fault signal in the programmable digital inputs DIN3 The information can also be programmed into digital output DO1 and into relay outputs RO1 and RO2 702 Output phase supervision 234567 2 7 6 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Output phase supervision of the motor ensures that the motor phases have an approximately equal current 703 Earth fault protection 234567 2 7 7 0 No response 1
90. 22 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com PID control application Honeywell Advanced Open Loop parameter group 2 6 13 NXP only Zero speed current 0 0 250 0 1200 625 y P2 6 13 2 Minimum current 0 0 1000 800 6z f P2 6 13 3 Fluxreference 00 1000 800 6e P2 6 13 4 Frequencylimit_ 00 1000 200 fes P2 6 13 5 Uff boost o 41 LL of dez o Table 5 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell PID control application 5 4 8 Protections Ee Gig Menu M2 gt G2 7 Code P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4 P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 7 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 10 P2 7 11 P2 7 12 Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting Response to 4mA reference fault 4mA reference fault frequenc RRE e external fault Pe a a supervision 0 No response fescue RES a 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 supervision Earth fault protection O 3 2 73 i of the motor temperatuetecior 0 100 oo f o temperature factor Re o wo a wo fmf at zero speed wem o efel e p constant 100 100 Motor duty cycle
91. 22 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 16 Standard application Honeywell 2 4 3 Input signals Gare Gig Menu M2 gt G2 2 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust ID Note DNZ Start fwd Start rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Start Stop Run i Start pulse enable Start Stop logic Go P Eia Start Stop Rvs Start Stop Rvs Fwd Run enable 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont 3 Run enable P2 2 2 DIN3 function 4 Acc Dec time select 5 Force cp to IO 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus 8 Rvs if par 2 2 1 3 Current reference 0 0 20mA paaa Owe Of LL Lee Selects the frequency that P2 24 Reference scaling par 2 2 5 Hz 303 corresponds to the min minimum value reference signal 0 00 No scaling Selects the frequency that P2 25 Reference scaling 320 00 Hz 304 corresponds to the max maximum value reference signal 0 00 No scaling 0 Not inverted P2 2 7 Reference filter time 0 00 10 00 S 0 10 306 0 No filtering Al1 signal selection A 1 377 TTF programming method used See page 70 s TTF programming method Table 2 4 Input signals G2 2 Rising edge required to start Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Standard application Page 17 2 4 4 Output
92. 25 In the same way if the speed of the auxiliary drives decreases slowly a delay between the auxiliary drive stop and the frequency increase of the variable speed drive can be programmed with parameter ID1026 See Figure 8 61 If either of the values of parameters ID1025 and ID1026 is set to maximum 300 0 s no frequency drop nor increase takes place Output frequency Start freq of aux drive 1 Hz T i 1 Start dela i ate delay i Frequency increase 1 delay par ID1026 i of d i aux drive par ID1010 Pe ae Stop delay of Ge H i k 2 aux drive par es f 1D1011 i Aux drive control Aux drive speed NX12k94 fh3 Figure 8 61 Frequency drop and increase delays 1027 Autochange 7 2 9 24 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 190 Description of parameters Honeywell 1028 Autochange interlocks automatics selection 7 2 9 25 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Only the mains contactor is needed for each drive See Figure 8 62 Aux drive 1 Aux drive 2 e NX12k96 fh8 Figure 8 62 Autochange applied to auxiliar
93. 3 The opening needed for the collar installation FR4 to FR6 Type Dimensions inch WI W2 W3 H1 H2 H3 H4 NXS 0010 0040 B l l l NXS 0015 0075A 5 04 445 124 128 016 6 5 NXS 0050 0100 B NXS 0100 0200 A 5 31 4 72 161 165 016 65 NXS 0150 0200 B l l l NXS 0250 0400 A 1728 669 6 18 21 2 216 0 28 0 16 6 5 Table 5 3 Dimensions for the collar opening FR4 FR5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Installation RTE LEE l aa aa SUMMA En NAND aala N 5 Figure 5 4 NX dimensions NEMA1 with collar FR7 and FR8 Type Dimensions inch w1 w2 w3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 NXS 0250 0400 B l l l E r CG NXS 0500 0750 A 9 33 S82 nee Es GE eu eae GE 7 42 nese oo eel NXS 0500 0750 B Keelt BER EECHER CAE 102 104 11691224 111314 9 Table 5 4 Dimensions for different frequency converter types FR7 and FR8 NEMA1 with collar 6 0 2 Excluding the height of the brake resistor terminal box 7 953 in See page 44 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North
94. 3000 0 es ta 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Se E Coasting 1 Ramp Stop function 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable DC braking current Varies DC braking time Frequency to start DC braking during ramp stop DE braking tne 600 00 516 0 DC brake is off at start at start 0 Off wa EE ea a EE EECHER E current Table 7 15 Drive control parameters G2 4 P2 4 9 P2 4 10 7 5 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Default meem oo fs He oo sm omens ec 09 212 Hz o0 Lalaune ss zsa He o 61 onctwer Prohibit frequency Par Prohibit frequency Par Prohibit frequency Par i ramp Table 7 16 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 112 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 5 7 Motor control parameters Se keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust ID Note NXS P2 6 1 Motor control mode 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 0 Not used 0 Linear A 1 Squared P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 3 108 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim m e e ee e e foe
95. 308 481 Analogue output 3 inversion 67 2 3 7 4 2 3 5 4 See ID309 482 Analogue output 3 minimum 67 2 3 7 5 2 3 5 5 See ID310 483 Analogue output 3 scaling 67 2 3 7 6 2 3 5 6 See ID311 484 Analogue output 3 offset 67 2 3 7 7 2 3 5 7 See ID375 485 Torque limit 6 2 2 6 5 See par ID399 for the selections Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 162 Description of parameters Honeywell 486 Digital output 1 signal selection 6 2 3 1 1 Connect the delayed DO1 signal to the digital output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 487 Digital output 1 on delay 6 2 3 1 3 488 Digital output 1 off delay 6 2 3 1 4 With these parameters you can set on and off delays to digital outputs Signal programmed to eeh digital output DO1 or DO2 output BEES ee ee EE wc i ON delay OFF delay NX12k102 Figure 8 40 Digital outputs 1 and 2 on and off delays 489 Digital output 2 signal selection 6 2 3 2 1 See ID486 490 Digital output 2 function 6 2 3 2 2 See ID312 491 Digital output 2 on delay 6 2 3 2 3 See 1D487 492 Digital output 2 off delay 6 2 3 1 4 See ID488 i Adjust Hz maximum S 493 Adjust input 6 2 2 1 4 SE 10499 10 With this parameter you can Adj
96. 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Local Remote control application Honeywell PO 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 2 320 00 Hz 347 Supervision value T limit 0 No rque Imt 2 348 1 Low limit supervision function Am limit supervision value Reference limit ne SC Ges 1 Low limit Supervision function a limit supervision value External brake Off delay External brake On delay Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Frequency converter temperature limit signal selection function Analogue output 2 filter time inversion minimum 0 No 1 Low limit 2 High limit Analogue output 2 scaling Table 3 5 Output signals G2 3 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Local Remote control application 3 4 5 Drive control parameters Saids dai Menu M2 gt Sc Parameter Default 0 Linear 0 Gen pasene ameme 3000 0 EE Deceleration time 2 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Sr 0 Coasting 1 Ramp Stop function 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable DC braking current Varies DC braking time Frequency to start DC bra
97. 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Installation Honeywell fr7aukko fh8 Figure 5 5 The opening needed for the collar installation FR7 FR8 Type Dimensions inch w1 w2 w3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 HE NXS 0250 0400 B l l l l l NXS 05000750 A 9 17 689 9 96 244 742 742 136 1 26 0 28 55 NXS 0500 0750 B l l l l Nxs E EE E ees ees Ne Table 5 5 Dimensions for the collar opening FR7 FR8 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Installation Figure 5 6 NX dimensions FR9 Type Dimensions inch w1 w2 w3 w4 H1 H2 H3 H4 D1 D2 D NXS 1250 B NXS 1750 2000 A 18 9 157 6 5 0 35 45 3 are 28 4 8 07 14 3 oa jt 21 Table 5 6 NX dimensions FR9 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Installation Honeywell Figure 5 7 NX dimensions FR9 collar installation Type Dimensions
98. 422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Application Manual Pump and Fan Control Application NX series Constant and variable torque es Honeywell Pump and fan control application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application Software ASFIFFO7 7 1 Introduction Select the Pump and Fan Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 The Pump and Fan Control Application can be used to control one variable speed drive and up to four auxiliary drives The PID controller of the frequency converter controls the speed of the variable speed drive and gives control signals to start and stop the auxiliary drives to control the total flow In addition to the eight parameter groups provided as standard a parameter group for multi pump and fan control functions is available The application has two control places on the I O terminal Place A is the pump and fan control and place B is the direct frequency reference The control place is selected with input DING As already its name tells the Pump and Fan Control Application is used to control the operation of pumps and fans It can be used for example to decrease the delivery pressure in booster stations if the measured input pressure falls below a limit specified by the user The application utilizes external contactors for switching between the motors connected to the frequency converter The autochange feature provides the capability of changing the starting
99. 4s 25 38 5r FR6NEMA12 7620 40 33 40 70 NXS 0400 A FR6NEMA 1 12 7 68x20 49 33 K NxSO600A on 87 50 72 108 FR7NEMA1 12 9 33x23 3x10 1_ 77 16 Nxs O7S0A 75 105 6o f 87 A131 ERZNEMA EEGEN NXS 1000 A FR8NEMA 1 12 11 2x28 A1 3 Table 4 1 Power ratings and dimensions of the NX supply voltage 3880 500V Note The rated currents in given ambient temperatures are achieved only when the switching frequency is equal to or less than the factory default Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 16 94 Technical data Honeywell 4 2 2 NX5 Mains voltage 230 V Mains voltage 230 V NEMA 1 12 EMC level H Frequency Loadability eeh High overload _ Maximum Dimensions type Rated Rated 2 sec Size prot WxHxD S current FR IP P continuous continuous A inch er IL a ly NXS 0010 B ee FR4 NEMA 1 12 5 04x11 5x7 48 11 02 NXS 0015 B d 7 FR4 NEMA 1 12 5 04x11 5x7 48 NXS 0020 B ie er a aE FRA NEMA 1 42 5 04x11 5x7 48_ 11 02 NXS 0030 B EE FR4 NEMA 1 12 5 04x11 5x7 48 11 02 NXS 0040 B FR4 NEMA 1 12 5 04x11 5x7 48 Mensos s rs iz tas FREVA via sons eas 17 05 nxsoorsB r5 25 5 175 26 3 ERONEMA 1 12 567x154x843 17 86 NXS 0150 B ERGNEMA 1 12 7 68x20 4x9 33 Meos f a e1 15 a8 T gt R
100. 5 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max ont Default Cust Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Ti NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 50 00 check suitability for motor and drive system 30000 s 10 ml Deceleration time 1 Current limit Varies Varies A Vares 107 See Table 8 2 NX2 230V Nominal voltage of 180 v NX5 400V 110 the motor NX6 690V Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 00 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor Nominal seeed GE The default applies for a 4 the SE 20 000 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of a 0 Al1 2 3 1 Al2 4 5 2 Al3 PID controller 3 Al4 reference signal 4 PID ref from Keypad Place A control page par 3 4 5 PID ref from fieldbus FBProcessDatalN1 6 Motor potentiometer P2 1 3 P2 1 4 P2 1 5 PID controller gain P2 1 13 PID controller me SEL 320 00 i e time Par P2 1 15 Sleep frequency 212 10 00 1016 P2 1 16 Sleep delay 3600 S 1017 EE 0 Wake up at fall below wake up level 2 1 17 1 Wake up at exceeded wake up level 2 1 17 Wake up function 1019 2 Wake up at EE wake up level PID ref 3 Wake up at exceeded wake up level PID ref Jogging speed Par 2 1 1 10 00 reference Table 7 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Automation and Control Solution
101. 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Standard application Page 23 2 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Se Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 0 50 717 Trial time 0 00 60 00 30 00 718 Ramp Start function 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 Mmeo Jef anne undervoltage trip reeeeeee o wp mp overvoltage trip posi 2 E fre overcurrent trip Number of tries after reference trip Number of tries after motor temperature 10 726 fault trip Number of tries after 10 725 external fault trip Number of tries after Table 2 10 Autorestart parameters G2 8 2 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the NX User s Manual Parameter Default O terminal Control place e Keypad EE Fieldbus Par Par Direction CS Kb Forward eee 1 Reverse 0 Limited function of Stop button Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled Table 2 11 Keypad control parameters M3 2 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 7 3 6 in the NX User s M
102. 567 2 3 13 2 3 4 4 2 3 2 4 Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID346 See Figure 8 16 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 144 348 349 350 351 352 353 Description of parameters Honeywell Torque limit supervision function 34567 2 3 14 2 3 4 5 2 3 2 5 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake off control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 194 If the calculated torque value falls below or exceeds the set limit ID349 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending 1 on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signal par D451 is connected applications 6 and 7 Torque limit supervision value 34567 2 3 15 2 3 4 6 2 3 2 6 Set here the torque value to be supervised by parameter ID348 Applications 3 and 4 Torque supervision value can be reduced below the setpoint with external free analogue input signal see parameters ID361 and ID362 Reference limit supervision function 34567 2 3 16 2 3 4 7 2 3 2 7 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision If the reference value falls b
103. 63 73 4 Activ TAOS ICN MEY EE 64 Fo AUNTY OS ege 64 T S 4 2 Fault EE 66 7 3 4 3 Fault time data reCord ccccccccceccceeccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaeaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeaaeeeeeeeeeesaaacnseeeeeeees 68 T39 Fault ISHONY meN NAD EE 69 5356 S s em MENU M EE 70 EBON Language SECIS CUOM E 73 1 3 6 2 Application Selection iseen anara a Attia E ea Marea ay atthe EES ge 73 T 3 0 3 Parametr Le EE 74 7 3 6 4 Parameter comparison c ccceeeeeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeaeeeeeeseeesaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeneeeeeeeees 76 E E eh E 77 dEr IROVB ACS CUNO e ts faceted ahs Se cee ee ie eae rege Eed Eed T 79 Of Hardware Oe EE 80 Te HO rn O EE 83 3 f Expander board Menu dE RE 86 7 4 FURTHER KEYPAD FUNCTIONS ccccccsesencncecevsvencucesensuencuseneueuensussneueueesaveneueutenatencuseseuavensuseneuerensavers 87 8 COMMISSIONING EE 88 8 1 SAFETY EE 88 8 2 COMMISSIONING OF THE FREQUENCY CONVERTER 88 SE FAULT HEINEN 91 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 6 94 Safety Honeywell 1 SAFETY ONLY A COMPETENT ELECTRICIAN SHOULD CARRY OUT THE ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION 1 1 Warnings The components of the power unit of the frequency converter are live when the NX is connected to mains potential Contact with this vo
104. 7 5 4 1 gt 22 RO1 Aux Autochange 1 ee A4 BEE 23 ROT LG 24 RO2 y Relay output 2 Programmable See chapter 7 5 4 1 220 e En 25 RO2 Aux Autochange 2 VAC 4 kd 26 RO2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Table 7 1 Pump and fan control application default I O configuration and connection example with 2 wire transmitter Note See jumper selections below More information Chapter 6 2 2 2 in NX User s Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 Manual Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND S CMA connected to GND TI CMB isolated from GND __ CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND as Factory default 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application 230 VAC Autom O Mains NX12k105 dsf M1 Vacon M1 mains M2 mains Figure 7 1 2 pump autochange system principal control diagram 230 VAC NXOPTA1 NXOPTA1 NXOPTAI i 24 VDC E i i DIN4 14 NXOPTB5S NX12k106 dsf M1 Vacon M1 mains M2 Vacon M2 mains M3 Vacon M3 mains
105. 9 See ID s 1002 and 1003 1010 Start delay of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 10 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain above the start frequency of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the auxiliary drive is started The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary starts caused by momentary start limit exceedings See Figure 8 54 1011 Stop delay of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 11 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must remain below the stop limit of the auxiliary drive for the time defined with this parameter before the drive is stopped The delay defined applies to all auxiliary drives This prevents unnecessary stops caused by momentary falls below the stop limit See Figure 8 54 Output frequency Output frequency Start delay of the aux drives par D1010 Sx Ge Start freq of aux drive 1 par ID1002 1 Hz Start freq of aux drive 1 par ID1002 1 Hz start delay Frequency after startin the aux ati ive Ei is par ID1003 1 Hz Stop freq of aux drive 1 par ID1003 1 Hz Frequency i EE decrease during A Stop delay of th he aux k op delay of the aux SSES ig par GK 1Hz Fmin the stop delay drives par 1D1011 par 1ID101 Flow a freq of aux drive 1 Freduenc after starting ed Ze par NX12k89 Figure 8 54 Example of parameter setting Variable speed drive and o
106. 9 A S OO Y ene Joystick hysteresis n P2 2 2 8 20 NX12k95 Figure 8 36 Joystick hysteresis with minimum frequency at 35Hz AIl1 sleep delay 6 2 2 2 10 This parameter defines the time the analoque input signal has to stay under the sleep limit determined with parameter ID385 in order to stop the frequency converter Al2 signal selection 234567 2 2 9 2 2 21 2 2 3 1 Connect the Al2 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 Al2 reference scaling minimum value 6 2 2 3 6 Al2 reference scaling maximum value 6 2 2 3 7 See ID s 303 and 304 Al2 joystick hysteresis 6 2 2 3 8 See ID384 Al2 sleep limit 6 2 2 3 9 See ID385 Al2 sleep delay 6 2 2 3 10 See ID386 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 155 399 Scaling of current limit 6 2 2 6 1 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with parameter ID107 400 Scaling of DC braking current 6 2 2 6 2 See par ID399 for the selections DC braking current can be reduced with the free analogue input signal current between
107. A 9 33 ah 48 248 24 17 23 27 1012 9 3x1 85 NAS 0500 0750 BY 44 92 40 04 2972 28 82 28 39 1228 9 3x232 NXS 1000 1500 A Table 5 1 Dimensions for different frequency converter Ges NEMA ERD only Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Installation fr5ip21kaulus fh8 Figure 5 2 NX dimensions NEMA1 with collar FR4 to FR6 Type Dimensions inch WI W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 NXS 0010 0040 B NXS 0015 0075 A 5 04 4 45 13 3 NXS 0050 0100 B l l NXS 0100 0200 A 5 67 4 72 17 1 NXS 0150 0200 B l l l l NXS 0250 0400 A 7 68 6 69 22 216 22 1 18 0 79 9 33 4 17 65 Table 5 2 Dimensions for different frequency converter types FR4 to FR6 NEMA1 with collar 2 8 12 9 1 18 0 87 7 48 3 03 7 6 5 16 5 142 0 71 8 43 394 7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Installation Honeywell fr6aukko fh8 Figure 5
108. AI2 Fieldbus reference reference 6 Potentiometer ref Alt joystick Potentiometer ref 7 PID controller ref Al2 joystick PID controller ref 8 Keypad reference Menu M3 9 Fieldbus reference Table 8 4 Selections for parameter ID121 FBSpeedReference 122 Fieldbus frequency reference selection 234567 2 1 13 2 1 14 2 2 7 2 2 1 3 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the fieldbus For selections in different applications see ID121 124 Jogging speed reference 34567 2 1 14 2 1 15 2 1 19 Defines the jogging speed selected with the DIN3 digital input which can be programmed for Jogging speed See parameter ID301 Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID s 101 and 102 126 Preset speed 3 46 2 1 17 127 Preset speed 4 46 2 1 18 128 Preset speed 5 46 2 1 19 129 Preset speed 6 46 2 1 20 130 Preset speed 7 46 2 1 21 Parameter values define the Multi step speeds selected with the DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 digital inputs See also parameter ID s 105 and 106 Parameter value is automatically limited between minimum and maximum frequency ID s 101 and 102 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Page 124 Description of param
109. CMB and CMA internally connected together ee RR isolated from GND ee AO mode Voltage output 0 10V Factory default Figure 6 25 Jumper selection for NXOPTA1 Check the correct positions of the jumpers Running the motor with signal settings different from the jumper positions will not harm the frequency converter but may damage the motor WARNING pases eee If the Al signal content is changed the corresponding board parameter in menu M7 must also be changed NOTE Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad 7 CONTROL KEYPAD The control keypad is the link between the frequency converter and the user The NX control keypad features an alphanumeric display with seven indicators for the Run status RUN es READY STOP ALARM FAULT and three indicators for the control place UO Term Keypad BusComm There are also three Status Indicator LEDs green green red see Status LEDs green green red below The control information i e the number of menu description of menu or the displayed value and the numeric information are presented on three text lines The frequency converter is operable through the nine push buttons of the control keypad Furthermore the buttons serve the purposes of parameter setting and value monitoring T
110. Chapter 7 3 6 3 For more information about the Application Package see the NX Application Manual Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 74 94 Control keypad Honeywell 2 Gp System Menu Application 19S11 Standard gay G2 Dp Application Application Standa GR Multi step Figure 7 10 Change of application The parameter copy function is used when the operator wants to copy one or all parameter groups from one drive to another All the parameter groups are first uploaded to the keypad then the keypad is connected to another drive and then the parameter groups are downloaded to it or possibly back to the same drive Before any parameters can successfully be copied from one drive to another the drive has to be stopped when the parameters are downloaded to it The parameter copy menu S6 3 embodies four functions Parameter sets S6 3 1 The NX frequency converter features a possibility for the user to store and load two customised parameter sets all parameters included in the application and to load back the factory default parameter values On Parameter sets page S6 3 1 push the right arrow menu button to enter the Edit menu The text Select begins to blink allowing you to choose any of the storing or loading functions with the Browser but
111. Contact closed Fault is displayed and motor stopped 406 External fault open 67 2 2 7 12 2 2 6 5 Contact open Fault is displayed and motor stopped 407 Run enable 67 2 2 7 3 2 2 6 6 Contact open Start of motor disabled Contact closed Start of motor enabled 408 Acceleration Deceleration time selection 67 2 2 7 13 2 2 6 7 Contact open Acceleration Deceleration time 1 selected Contact closed Acceleration Deceleration time 2 selected Set Acceleration Deceleration times with parameters ID103 and ID104 409 Control from I O terminal 67 2 2 7 18 2 2 6 8 Contact closed Force control place to I O terminal 410 Control from keypad 67 2 2 7 19 2 2 6 9 Contact closed Force control place to keypad Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 157 411 Control from fieldbus 67 2 2 7 20 2 2 6 10 Contact closed Force control place to fieldbus NOTE When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used The value of parameter ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When the input opens the control place is selected according to keypad control parameter ID125 412 Reverse 67 2 2 7 4 2 2 6 11 Contact open Direc
112. Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 106 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 5 3 6 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note P2 2 6 1 StatAsigal 0 at Ee S O P2 2 6 2 StatBsignal 0 as J44 S Control place A B Control place A oc P2 2 6 4__ External fault close 0 oi 405 Ext fault displayed cc P2 2 6 5__ External fault open O 02 Tam Ext fault displayed oc P2 2 6 6 Runenabe 0 02 407 Motor start enabled cc P2 2 6 7 Acc Dec time 0 0 1 4og Acc Dec time 1 oc 09 selection Acc Dec time 2 cc P2268 Control from UO 0 1 4 Force control place to I O terminal terminal cc Force control place to Force control place to P2 2 6 10 Control from fieldbus a sarl fieldbus cc Direction forward oc Jogging speed selected for 414 All faults reset cc ohibi 415 ibi i Co 412 413 P2 2 6 13 Fault reset 414 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc 416 417 18 P2 2 6 14 Acc Dec prohibit P2 2 6 15 DC braking P2 2 6 16 Motor potentiometer Mot pot reference GE reference DOWN decreases cc P2 26 17 Motor potentiometer 4 Mot pot referen
113. D322 20 90 Joystick hysteresis ID384 20 NX12k92 Figure 8 34 An example of joystick hysteresis In this example the value of par ID385 Sleep limit 0 385 Al1 sleep limit 6 2 2 2 9 The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the Al signal level falls below the Sleep limit defined with this parameter See Figure 8 35 Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max B f ID304 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq 1ID102 50Hz START STOP STOP STA i From forward to reverse Analogue N input V mA Min freq ID101 i d 0 10V 20mA Ref scaling min eee Par 1D321 Par ID322 20 H Sleep limit 90 ID385 7 Joystick hysteresis NX12k99 ID384 20 Figure 8 35 Example of sleep limit function Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 154 386 388 393 394 395 396 397 Description of parameters Honeywell Frequency reference Hz REVERSE FORWARD 50 50 Reference scaling max P2 2 2 7 70Hz From reverse to forward Max freq P2 1 2 50Hz From forward to reverse Analogue input V mA 0 10V 20mA Min freq P2 1 1 Ref scaling min P2 2 2 6 OHz Par 2 2 2 4 i i Par 2 2 2 5 2
114. DatalN2 sie he 400 See par 2 2 6 1 braking current Reducing of Reducing of torque P2 2 6 5 spent B R E 0 Lane See par 2 2 6 1 Table 6 9 Free analogue input signal selection G2 2 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 78 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 3 7 Digital inputs Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Code Parameter Min Default Cust P2 2 7 1 Start signal 1 Co lIl M T TTA P2 2 7 2 Start signal 2 Bin ee enn TEE P2 2 7 3 Runenable o 02 ant Motor start enabled cc Direction forward oc P2 2 7 4 Reverse 0 0 1 412 Direction reverse cc P2 2 7 5 Presetspeed1 o 01 LI AI i E P2 2 7 6 Preset speed 2 A E P2 2 7 7 Preset speed 3 0 421 Motor potentiometer GE pot reference decreases ID Note Motor potentiometer a pot reference increases P2 2 7 10 Fault reset 414 All faults reset cc P2 2 7 11 External fault close m Ext fault displayed cc P2 2 7 12 External fault open O 02 406 Ext fault displayed oc 3 3 Acc Dec time 1 oc P2 2 7 13 Acc Dec time selection E eee Acc Dec time 2 cc P2 2 7 14 Acc Dec prohibit 0 415 Acc Dec prohibited cc P2 2 7 15 DC HELI ca eC DC braking active cc Jogging speed selected for P2 2 7 17 AI1 Al2 selection
115. Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell Default page in the operating menu P6 6 2 To set the location page in the Operating menu in special applications only to which the display automatically moves as the set Timeout time see below has expired or as the power is switched on to the keypad See setting of Default page above Timeout time P6 6 3 The Timeout time setting defines the time after which the keypad display returns to the Default page P6 6 1 see above Move to the Edit menu by pressing the right arrow menu button Set the timeout time required and confirm the change with the Enter button Return to the previous step anytime by pushing the left arrow menu button E P663 D DG CONFIRM CHANGE Timeout time Timeout time A men 90 s cS 60 s Figure 7 20 Timeout time setting Note If the Default page value is 0 the Timeout time setting has no effect Contrast adjustment P6 6 4 In case the display is unclear adjust the contrast through the same procedure as that for the timeout time setting see above Backlight time P6 6 5 Giving a value for the Backlight time can determine how long the backlight stays on before going out Select here any time between 1 and 65535 minutes or Forever For the value setting procedure see Timeout time P6 6 3 NOTE The Hardware settings submenu is protected with a password Store the p
116. Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 32 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell 6 CABLING AND CONNECTIONS 6 1 Power unit The following wiring diagrams show the mains and motor connections of the frequency converter L21L37B B R 5 5 l l Lr BR option External External RFl filter filter te E option Liz Loe nk6_1 fh8 Figure 6 1 Principal wiring diagram of NX5 power unit FR4 to FR6 When using 1 phase supply connect the cables to terminals L1 and L2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Cabling and connections 33 94 Power board External filter option i External RFI filter i l KEE L1 L2 nk6_2 fh8 Figure 6 2 Principal wiring diagram of NX5 power unit gt FR7 When using 1 phase supply connect the cables to terminals L1 and L2 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 34 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell 6 1 1 Power connections Use cables with heat resistance of at least 140 F 60 C The cables and the fuses must be dimensioned accord
117. EMC immunity requirements standards EN 61000 6 1 61000 6 2 and EN 61800 3 A11 Warning This is a product of the restricted sales distribution class according to IEC 61800 3 In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Note For changing the EMC protection class of your NX frequency converter from class H to class T please refer to the instructions given in Chapter 5 4 2 2 4 Manufacturer s declaration of conformity The following pages present the photocopies of the Manufacturer s Declarations of Conformity assuring the compliance of the NX frequency converters with the EMC directives 2 3 UL label The EXCEL VRL frequency converters are UL listed according to the standards based on the needed voltage and power range For more information contact you local Honeywell distributor More information of cable selection and installation can be found from chapter 5 and 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell co 10 94 Receipt of delivery Honeywell EU DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY We Manufacturer s name Vacon PLC Manufacturer s address P O Box 25 Runsorintie 7 FIN 65381 Vaasa Finland hereby declare that the product Product name NXS P Frequency converter Model designati
118. ER ES 0 No response 7 1 Warning Underload protection 3 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall protection Field weakening 10 150 50 714 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 150 0 100 715 o f Underload E 2 3 20 716 protection time limit 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to PESCH 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 fault Table 7 18 Protections G2 7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 114 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 5 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Se Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 0 50 717 Trial time 0 00 60 00 SC 30 00 CR BEEN 0 Ramp Start function 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 Secci O Lil Caan undervoltage trip regres e gt pap overvoltage trip WEEN tt overcurrent trip a EES reference trip Number of tries after motor temperature fault tri p Ter ln TE E external fault trip Sse E LL E underload fault trip Table 7 19 Autorestart parameters G2 8 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley
119. Example of prohibit frequency area setting 515 DC braking frequency at stop 234567 2 4 10 The output frequency at which the DC braking is applied See Figure 8 45 516 DC braking time at start 234567 2 4 11 DC brake is activated when the start command is given This parameter defines the time before the brake is released After the brake is released the output frequency increases according to the set start function by parameter ID505 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 168 Description of parameters Honeywell 518 Acceleration deceleration ramp speed scaling ratio between prohibit frequency limits 234567 2 5 3 2 5 7 Defines the acceleration deceleration time when the output frequency is between the selected prohibit frequency range limits parameters ID509 and ID510 The ramping speed selected acceleration deceleration time 1 or 2 is multiplied with this factor E g value 0 1 makes the acceleration time 10 times shorter than outside the prohibit frequency range limits fout Hz Par ID518 0 2 Par ID510 ID512 1ID514 Par ID518 1 2 Par ID509 1ID511 ID513 Time s NX12k81 Figure 8 46 Ramp speed scaling between prohibit frequencies 519 Flux braking current 234567 2 4 13 Defines the flux braking current value
120. Exit edit mode Hold down for 2 3 seconds to return to main menu Right arrow menu button Move forward in menu Move cursor right in parameter menu Enter edit mode Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad Start button Pressing this button starts the motor if the keypad is the active control place See Chapter 7 3 3 1 Stop button Pressing this button stops the motor unless disabled by parameter R3 4 R3 6 7 3 Navigation on the control keypad The data on the control keypad are arranged in menus and submenus The menus are used for example for the display and editing of measurement and control signals parameter settings chapter 7 3 2 reference values and fault displays chapter 7 3 4 Through the menus the contrast of the display page 80 can be adjusted LA stop TREADY Location Mi SD Description Monitor Number of items V1 gt 1 4 available Item value The first menu level consists of menus M1 to M7 and is called the Main menu The user can navigate in the main menu using the Browser buttons up and down The desired submenu can be entered from the main menu using the Menu buttons When there still are pages to enter under the currently displayed menu or page an arrow can be seen in th
121. F down Motor g A DINE oo potentiometer programmable Internal frequency ref Reference from fieldbus Reset button Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus I O reverse par 2 2 6 11 programmable Reset from the fieldbus Start Place A progr par 2 2 6 1 f Start Place B progr par 2 2 6 2 Stop button active P3 6 1 gt eu Internal reverse 3 3 Keypad direction Internal fault reset A1 PID reference I O A A2 PID reference 2 I O A B Direct frequency reference I O B Figure 7 3 Control signal logic of the Pump and Fan Control Application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application 7 4 Short description of function and essential parameters 7 4 1 Automatic changing between drives Autochange P2 9 24 The Autochange function allows the starting and stopping order of drives controlled by the pump and fan automatics to be changed at desired intervals The drive controlled by frequency converter can also be included in the automatic changing and locking sequence par 2 9 25 The Autochange function makes it possible to equalize the run times of the motors and to prevent e g pum
122. FR9 Protection class NEMA1 Figure 6 16 Cable installation in NX FR9 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 46 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell 6 1 3 Cable installation and the UL standards To meet the UL Underwriters Laboratories regulations a UL approved copper cable with a minimum heat resistance of 140 167 F 60 75 C must be used The tightening torques of the terminals are given in Table 6 4 Type Frame Tightening torque Tightening torque Nm in lbs NXS 0015 0075 A FR4 0 5 0 6 4 5 NXS 0100 0200 A ERD 1 2 1 5 10 13 NXS 0250 0400 A FR6 4 35 NXS 0500 0750 A FR7 10 85 NXS 1000 A FR8 20 9 170 76 NXS 1250 1500 A FR8 40 22 340 187 Table 6 4 Tightening torques of terminals Tightening torque of terminal connection to the isolative base in Nm in lbs 6 1 4 Cable and motor insulation checks 1 Motor cable insulation checks Disconnect the motor cable from terminals U V and W of the frequency converter and from the motor Measure the insulation resistance of the motor cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ 2 Mains cable insulation checks Disconnect the
123. FRODUGTION ee ee EE ee Ee A A EEE 13 A POWER RATINGS GRASS E Se ha hd A Sa Bo Ee 15 42 1 INXO Mains voltage 380 500 V E 15 4 2 2 INXO Mains VONAGE ege ege aen dd sense useage oe seed 16 gi 2 LECHNIGAL DATA sesso scones Goce nde Cee E AEA Gade AE E AAE eve eae bee ive oe a one 17 5 INSTALLATION ccc cra race incr sasha taal cae ngewe ee 19 5A 1 MOUNTING Ss Eugen eee at ENEE a EE 19 2 CA1 Ee 27 e POWERILOSS EE 28 5 3 1 Power loss as function of Switching Ireguenck ne 28 5 4 CHANGING EMC PROTECTION CLASS EROMHTIoOT rre nne 30 6 CABLING AND CONNECTION G cccccccscccseccsseccsseeceeeeuseeuseeeesecuseeuseeeaseeuseeuaeenaeseuseenaeseas 32 O81 Ge TI EE EE 32 Co E ON SPOWEF CONNSGHONS tamane e Laat ee aaa ug an Tea yh tied catego eSNG Neate E ds washed Mo tved Ee 34 DE RE NEU Ee LEE 34 OMdiel 22 MOTORCADE EE 34 GL COMO CADIS ee T E BE eld CE E Se LR ee ee 34 CRTA ee 35 6 1 2 EE ele INST CTIOINS EE 36 6 1 2 1 Stripping lengths of motor and mains cables eee e eect eee eee e eter ete eee e eee aaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeed 38 6 1 2 2 NX frequency converter frames and installation Of cables 39 6 1 3 Cable installation and the UL Standard cccccccceeccceecececeececseecececscsaeecensecesaeeceneeeetseessnecenseeeaes 46 6 1 4 Cable and motor insulation checks cccccccecccneccccnececuecceeceececueeeecuecscuecesenseeesseesenecetseneseneesneeenaes 46 DG CONTROL UNIT lt 2 es c2estecsetes ses ege gees E ded Gaavada
124. Figure 7 2 3 pump autochange system principal control diagram Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 94 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 3 Control signal logic in Pump and Fan Control Application NX12 lt 064r8 Jogging speed programmable par 2 2 6 12 Interlock 2 programmable par 2 2 6 19 1 DIN3 Q i 2 1 3 Fieldbus Ctrlreferencd __________ i i 2 2 1 2 Keypad Crtl reference pi l Enable PID keypad rer 2 2 1 1 V O B reference ak oe par 2 2 6 23 i 2 2 1 4 PID reference 2 en fii tf 2 7 11 PID reference 1 a se Oh dye i Calculation of 1 g au E 1 freq ref and A reference __ Al2 Tice l control logic of Aa l SS EE auxiliary drives Autochange1 ROM Actual value 1 leldbus ref j Sa ES programmable FBProcessDatalN1 SACH used ao Autochange 2 RO2 i 2 Al2 programmable l porya eo KEE i 5 Fieldbus PID keypad ref 2 Actual value 2 R3 5 i 0 Not used PID fieldbus ref 2 1 Al1 FBProcessDatalN3 S 7 aa Keypad ref R3 2 4 Al4 I 5 Fieldbus A reference l L Z up l 1 19 Jogging speed re DIN
125. G2 3 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note P2 3 1 AO1 signal selection A 1 EE used See page 70 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed P2 3 2 eee 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O Tnotor 6 Motor power O Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor EES volt O 1000V Analogue output _ 8 DEER Analogue output ae inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 0 0 mA GEERT Analogue output 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Jogging spd selected 11 At speed 0 22 1 312 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit superv 17 Ext brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested rotation direction 21 Ext brake control inverted 22 Thermistor fault warn P 22 2 313 As parameter 2 3 7 function Relay output 2 Output frequency oe limit a limit 1 supervision 2 315 Te al SUPSVISION 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 1 320 00 Hz 316 Supervision value jimtzewpevacn 2 d EC limit 2 supervision 1 Low limit supervision Automation and Control Solutions Digital output 1 Ge function Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North
126. Honeywell NXS series Constant and variable torque Variable Speed Drives for induction motors Subject to changes without notice REFER TO THE START UP QUICK GUIDE BELOW DURING INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING IF ANY PROBLEMS OCCUR PLEASE CONTACT YOUR LOCAL DISTRIBUTOR Start up Quick Guide Check that the product corresponds to your order see Chapter 3 Read the safety instructions carefully in Chapter 1 before commencing commissioning Before the mechanical installation check the minimum clearances around the unit and check the ambient conditions in Chapter 5 Check the size of the motor cable mains cable mains fuses and check the cable connections read Chapters 6 1 1 1 6 1 1 4 Follow the installation instructions see Chapter 6 1 2 Control cable sizes and the grounding system are explained in Chapter 6 2 1 If the Start Up wizard is active select the language of the keypad and the application you want to use and confirm by pressing the Enter button If the Start Up wizard is not active follow the instructions 7a and 7b Select the language of the keypad from the Menu M6 page 6 1 Instructions on using the keypad are given in Chapter 7 Select the most appropriate application from the Menu M6 page 6 2 Instructions on using the keypad are given in Chapter 7 All parameters have factory default values In order to ensure proper operation check the rating plate data for the values below and the corr
127. Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 151 371 PID reference 2 Place A additional reference 7 2 2 1 4 If the PID reference 2 enable input function ID330 TRUE this parameter defines which reference place is selected as PID controller reference Al1 reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer Ali reference Al4 reference PID reference 1 from keypad Reference from Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 Motor potentiometer PID reference 2 from keypad zl OO Om P GO o If value 6 is selected for this parameter the functions Motor potentiometer DOWN and Motor potentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters ID417 and 1ID418 372 Supervised analogue input 7 2 3 2 13 0 Analogue reference from Al1 terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 1 Analogue reference from Al2 terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer 373 Analogue input limit supervision 7 2 3 2 14 If the value of the selected analogue input goes under over the set limit par ID374 this function generates a warning message through the digital output or the relay outputs depending on to which output the supervision function par D463 is connected 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 374 Ana
128. IV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 139 323 All signal inversion 3457 2 2 7 2 2 19 2 2 2 6 If this parameter 0 no inversion A ipui of analogue U signal takes place frequency Note In application 3 Al1 is place B frequency reference if parameter ID131 0 ipso default Al1 0 100 ID320 1 Al1 custom 1D322 100 NX12K71 Figure 8 18 Al1 no signal inversion If this parameter 1 inversion of analogue R signal takes place Foray max Al1 signal minimum set speed min Al1 signal maximum set speed I i j 1D320 0 i Al1 0 100 1 I i i I I 1D320 1 Ali custom I i termin 2 gt ID322 100 NX12K73 Figure 8 19 Al1 signal inversion 324 All signal filter time 34567 2 2 8 2 2 20 2 2 2 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue Unfiltered signal signal is activated Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See Figure 8 20 t s gt NX12K74 Figure 8 20 Al1 signal filtering Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 140 Description of parameters Honeywell 325 Analogue input Al2 signal range 34567
129. MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Commissioning 89 94 6 Connect the frequency converter to mains 7 Set the parameters of group 1 See the Application Manual according to the requirements of the application At least the following parameters should be set motor nominal voltage motor nominal frequency motor nominal speed motor nominal current The values needed for the parameters are on the motor rating plate 8 Perform run test without motor Perform either Test A or Test B A Controls from the I O terminals a Turn the Start Stop switch to ON position b Change the frequency reference potentiometer c Check in the Monitoring menu M1 that the value of Output frequency changes according to the change of frequency reference d Turn the Start Stop switch to OFF position B Control from the control keypad a Change the control from the I O terminals to the keypad as advised in Chapter 7 3 3 1 b C Push the Start button on the keypad Move over to the Keypad control menu M3 and Keypad Reference submenu Chapter 7 3 3 2 and change the frequency reference using the Browser buttons x A y d bw Check in the Monitoring menu M1 that the value of Output frequency changes according to the change of frequency reference Push the Stop button on the keypad gt 9 Run the start up tests without the motor being connected to the process
130. MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Technical data 15 94 4 2 Power ratings 4 2 1 NX5 Mains voltage 380 500 V Low overload 150 starting torque 2 sec 20 sec 110 overloadability 1 min 10 min Following continuous operation at rated output current 110 rated output current IL for 1 min followed by a period of load current less than rated current and of such duration that the r m s output current over the duty cycle does not exceed rated output current IL High overload 200 starting torque 2 sec 20 sec 150 overloadability 1 min 10 min Following continuous operation at rated output current 150 rated output current IH for 1 min followed by a period of load current less than rated current and of such duration that the r m s output current over the duty cycle does not exceed rated output current IH All sizes up to and including FR9 available with NEMA1 enclosure and NEMA12 as option Mains voltage 380 500 V NEMA 1 12 EMC level H Frequency Motor shaft power 500V and current converter Size prot Dimensions Weioht Low overload High overload ize prot WxHxD T 500V 500V Pen ea a RE DES BS Ee PNxS0020A 2 43 EE eee ee RE EE NXS 0040 A d FR4 NEMA 1 12 S 04x11 ar 48 i Meomsoa s o 4 EE EE PNxS0075A 75 12 5 9 13 5 FR4INEMA 1 12 5 04x11 5x7 48 11 02 E 10 16 75 12 18 TL ERSNEMA 1 121 567x154x843 17 86 NXS 0150 A FR5NEMA 1 12 567x15 ES ER NxsosooA 30
131. Meee ini supervision aa 450 P2 3 1 20 Jee Mmi 451 supervision Motor thermal P2 3 1 22 Analogue impui 463 supervision limit P2 3 1 23 Motor regulator activation P2 3 1 24 Fieldbus input data 1 P2 3 1 25 Fieldbus input data 2 0 0 1 456 P2 3 1 26 Fieldbus input data P23 1 97 Autochange 1 Aux 1 control P2 3 1 28 Autochange 2 Aux 2 control P23 1 29 Autochange 3 Aux 3 control P2 3 1 39 Alitochange 4 Aux 4 control P2 3 1 31 Autochange 5 Table 7 10 Output signals Digital outputs Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 108 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 5 4 2 Limit settings Control sid Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Output frequenc bono limit P2 3 2 1 P q y 1 Low limit supervision limit 1 supervision E R me ER High limit supervision Output freq limit 1 Par Output frequenc SE NS P2 3 2 3 ee quency 2 1 Low limit supervision limit 2 supervision Pence Ge ER High limit supervision Output freq limit 2 Par Torque limit EAR Not used P2 3 2 5 q i 348 1 Low limit supervision Supervision a limit supervision supervision value Ref limit Ee used P2 3 2 7 supervision 1 Low limit P a limit supervision value External External FC temperature a Used P2 3 2 11 at nt
132. P 100 Par 2 1 13 I time 0 00 s Par 2 1 14 D time 1 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 s Max freq 50 Hz As the error value increases also the PID output increases according to the set values D time 1 00s PID output Error value a A D part 10 5 00 Hz r d MII ll ll LK Ian D i q D part 10 5 00 Hz x d L E I A es AS 4 Sac 7 Sy Ch VS Ss Gef f Z N NO Ve KS s 3 P P part 100 PID error 5 00Hz s S 5 10 NX12k72 Figure 8 5 PID output with the values of Example 3 133 Preset speed 8 4 2 1 22 134 Preset speed 9 4 2 1 23 135 Preset speed 10 4 2 1 24 136 Preset speed 11 4 2 1 25 137 Preset speed 12 4 2 1 26 138 Preset speed 13 4 2 1 27 139 Preset speed 14 4 2 1 28 140 Preset speed 15 4 2 1 29 Speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed sel 1 DIN4 sel 2 DIN5 sel 3 DIN6 sel 4 DIN3 P2 1 22 8 0 0 0 1 P2 1 23 9 1 0 0 1 P2 1 24 10 0 1 0 1 P2 1 25 11 1 1 0 1 P2 1 26 12 0 0 1 1 P2 1 27 13 1 0 1 1 P2 1 28 14 0 1 1 1 P2 1 29 15 1 1 1 1 Table 8 6 Multi step speed selections with digital inputs DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DIN6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarbo
133. PEED CONTROL APPLICATION 00 ceeeeeee ett tit tienen 38 Act INTRODUCTION eer eenegen eener SE 38 AED ROUT EE 39 4 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION sseeeeeeeeeeee 40 4 4 MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteees 41 4 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu Mil 41 4 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 i 42 4 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu M 43 4 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 ail 45 4 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 al 47 4 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 47 4 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 Giel 48 4 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 Gil 50 4 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 Gil 57 4 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M32 51 4 4 11 System menu Control keypad MG 22 2 2 2 e ceceeceeesenenecesenetecesereteseseteneeetetere 51 4 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 ccccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeetetenees 51 5 PID CONTROL GNEREIEGGTIEONegteeeegeeeeeeeee egeE eebeEeeeEeebeEeeeEeehegt s e 52 5 1 INTRODUC HE 52 9 27 CONTROL E 53 5 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN PID CONTROL APPLUICATION 54 5 4 PID APPLICATION E KE 55 5 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu MI 55 5 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 acG3 m 56 5 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Men
134. Parameter 0 Frequency control 1 Speed control 2 Torque control Additionally for NXP Motor control model 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 5 Adv open loop freq control 6 Advanced open loop speed control 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim P2 6 2 P2 6 3 P2 6 4 Field weakening 320 00 point P2 6 5 Voltage at field 10 00 200 00 100 00 603 n xU weakening point i i E Poe P267 P2 6 8 U f curve midpoint Zen d 50 00 E 604 n X Unmo 100 00 100 00 605 Parameter max value par 2 6 5 frequency U f curve midpoint voltage Output voltage at a aa varies e01 See Table 8 13 for exact values 1 607 zero frequency 40 00 2 Switching frequency P2 6 10 Overvoltage controller 0 P26 11 Undervoltage controller 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping 0 Not used Te e P2 6 14 Speed controller 32767 300 638 gain open loop Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 15 NXP only current gain P2 6 15 4 Loaddrooping 0 00 100 00 000 620 S O compensation P2 6 15 6 Slipadust 500 10 69 Magnetizing MotCurr MotCurr P2 6 15 7 current at start R ooo Sa ee at start 0 speed time at 0 speed time at WEE 32000 Ge stop Automation and Control Solutions Motor control Speed controller P gain open loop P2 6 13 P2 6 15 8 P2 6 15 9 n CH CH O oa
135. Reference fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 Applications 2 10 Jogging speed Applications 3456 11 At speed 12 Motor regulator activated 13 Output frequency limit supervision 14 Control from I O terminals Appl 2 14 Output freq limit 2 supervision Applications 3456 A fault trip not occurred The heat sink temperature exceeds 70 C Fault or warning depending on par ID701 Fault or warning depending on par ID700 if analogue reference is 4 20 mA and signal is lt 4mA Always if a warning exists The reverse command has been selected The preset speed has been selected with digital input The jogging speed has been selected with digital input The output frequency has reached the set reference Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator was activated The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameter ID s 315 and 316 below I O control mode selected in menu M3 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameter ID s 346 and 347 below Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Page 136 15 Thermistor fault or warning Appl 2 15 Torque limit supervision Appl 3456 16 Fieldbus input data Applicat
136. Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sum point frequency addition to PID output The PID controller can additionally be used from control places I O B keypad and fieldbus Easy ChangeOver function e Sleep function The parameters of the PID Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell PID control application 5 2 Control I O PID controller reference value NXOPTA1 Terminal Signal Description n zaj 1 10Vrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 2 wire rc eG 0 10V DC transmiter 3 Al1 UO Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA
137. See jumper selections below Jumper block X3 _ More information in NX User s CMA and CMB grounding Manual Chapter 6 2 2 2 CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND G CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 54 PID control application Honeywell 5 3 Control signal logic in PID Control Application External fault programmable DIN5 e Jogging speed programmable Enable PID keypad ref 2 DIN5 13 2 6 Keypad Crtl Reference e2 2 5 I O B Reference 2 2 4 PID main reference neg bag q_i Down i E 4 DIN3 ei potentiomete eg 3 5 LI 2 1 11 PID reference CEET ha Actual values gt selection par Act 2 2 2 9 amp 2 2 10 CH eg Te LIT 30 A I I Le a i AIB Internal 1 Keypad frequency ref ob dohi AC Ob Gi Reset button Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start PlaceA Start Stop buttons DIN1 Internal Start Stop DIN4 ZP I DIN2 i DIN3 SE Kei Internal reverse DIN5 3 3 Key pad direction GC Internal fault reset Fault reset input programmable gt 1 DIN3 N
138. This signal will adjust the maximum motor current between 0 and max limit set with ID107 See Figure 8 26 1 Analogue input ov Signal range NX12K61 0 mA SE Custom Figure 8 26 Scaling of max motor current 2 Reduces DC braking current DC braking current can be reduced with i Weg the free analogue input signal between Par ibso7 current 0 15 x l and the current set with the parameter ID507 See Figure 8 27 Free analogue input gt Signal range NX12K58 Figure 8 27 Reduction of DC braking current 3 Reduces acceleration and deceleration times Acceleration and deceleration times tractor R can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 1ID104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R in Figure 8 28 Signal range NX12K59 Figure 8 28 Reduction of acceleration and deceleration times Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 148 Description of parameters Honeywell 4 Reduces torque supervision limit a forque Set supervision limit can be reduced liit with the free analogue input signal 100 between 0 and set supervision limit Par ID349 ID349 see Figure 8 29 Free S fto g
139. Trip counters menu 6 8 2 are counters the values of which can be reset i e restored to zero The following resettable counters are available Note The trip counters run only when the motor is running Page Counter T6 8 2 1 MWh counter T6 8 2 3 Operation day counter T6 8 2 4 Operation hour counter Table 7 7 Resettable counters The counters can be reset on pages 6 8 2 2 MWh counter reset and 6 8 2 5 Operation time reset Example To reset the operation counters Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell Aas DEE Trip counters T1975 a Ero RE P6825 CD lt P Cir Optime cntr Not reset Bac P6825 GD Pees Gp Clr Optime cntr Clr Optime cntr Reset Reset AD TREADY Figure 7 24 Counter reset Software S6 8 3 READY P6BeS ED Clir Optime cntr Not reset Gia cy SEI Clr Optime cntr Not reset The Software information page includes information on the following frequency converter software related topics Page Content 6 8 3 1 Software package 6 8 3 2 System software version 6 8 3 3 Firmware interface 6 8 3 4 System load Table 7 8 Software information pages Applications S6 8 4 At location 6 8 4 is the Appli
140. UN status is not copied 1 The RUN status is copied In order for this parameter to have effect parameters ID300 and ID363 must have been set the value 3 500 Acceleration Deceleration ramp 1 shape 234567 2 4 1 501 Acceleration Deceleration ramp 2 shape 234567 2 4 2 The start and end of acceleration and deceleration ramps can be smoothed with these parameters Setting value 0 gives a linear ramp shape which causes acceleration and deceleration to act immediately to the changes in the reference signal Setting value 0 1 10 seconds for this parameter produces an S shaped acceleration deceleration The acceleration time is determined with parameters 1D103 ID104 1ID502 ID503 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 164 502 503 504 505 Description of parameters Honeywell 1D103 1D104___ ID502 ID503 lt gt 1D500 ID501 d NX12K20 Figure 8 42 Acceleration Deceleration S shaped Acceleration time 2 234567 2 4 3 Deceleration time 2 234567 2 4 4 These values correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par D102 These parameters give the possibility to set two different acceleration deceleration time sets for one application The activ
141. W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 Hi H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 NXS 1250 B l NXS 1750 2000 A 20 9 20 1 18 7 87 0 22 51 7 45 3 16 5 3 94 1 38 0 24 0 08 14 3 13 4 4 29 21 Table 5 7 NX dimensions FR9 with collar Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell 5 2 Cooling Enough free space should be left around the frequency converter to ensure sufficient air Installation circulation and cooling The required dimensions for free space are in the table below If several units are mounted above each other the required free space equals C D see figure below Moreover the outlet air used for cooling by the lower unit must be directed away from the inlet air to be used by the upper unit Type Dimensions inch Az NXS 0010 0040 B NXS 0015 0075 A 0 79 3 94 NXS 0050 0100 B NXS 0100 0200 A 0 79 4 72 NXS 0150 0200 B NXS 0250 0400 A 0 79 6 3 NXS 0250 0400 B NXS 0500 0750 A 3 15 NXS 0500 0750 B NXS 1000 1500 A 3 15 Table 5 8 Mounting space dimensions A A2 clearance around the freq converter see also Az and B clearance needed on either side of the frequency converter for fan change without disconneting the motor cables
142. X User s Manual Chapter 7 for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque ai A In of motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature Calculated motor Loy V1 10 Motor temperature Yo 9 temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V 13 Al1 V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Table 4 2 Monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 42 Multi step speed control application Honeywell 4 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max ont Default Cust Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Ti NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous sp
143. X12k04 m Figure 5 1 Control signal logic of the PID Control Application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell PID control application Page 55 5 4 PID Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 118 to 193 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped 5 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See NX User s Manual Chapter 7 for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 19 to V1 22 are available with the PID control application only
144. able ambient temperature dust corrosive substances or operation outside the rated specifications Neither can the manufacturer be held responsible for consequential damages The Manufacturer s period of warranty is 18 months from the delivery or 12 months from the commissioning whichever expires first General Conditions NL92 Orgalime S92 The local distributor may grant a warranty time different from the above This warranty period shall be specified in the distributor s sales and warranty terms The manufacturer assumes no responsibility for warranties offered by others With all warranty issues please contact the distributor first Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Technical data 13 94 4 TECHNICAL DATA 4 1 Introduction Figure 4 1 presents the block diagram of the NX frequency converter The frequency converter consists of two units the Power Unit and the Control Unit The three phase AC choke 1 at the mains end together with the DC link capacitor 2 form an LC filter which again together with the diode bridge produce the DC voltage supply to the IGBT Inverter Bridge 3 block The AC choke also functions as a filter against High Frequency disturbances from the mains as well as against those caused by the frequency converter to the mains It
145. able to customise the functions of the frequency converter to better suit his needs by selecting certain positions for the jumpers on the NXOPTA1 board The positions of the jumpers determine the signal type of analogue and digital inputs On the A1 basic board there are four jumper blocks X1 X2 X3 and X6 each containing eight pins and two jumpers The selectable positions of the jumpers are shown in Figure 6 25 NXOPTA1 HIN a K Figure 6 24 Jumper blocks on NXOPTA1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell 52 94 Cabling and connections Jumper block X1 Jumper block X2 1 mode 2 mode A BCD ABCD ee ee ee ee All mode 0 20mA Current input Al2 mode 0 20mA Current input ABCD ABCD eee o Pl 0 o el All mode Voltage input O 10V Al2 mode Voltage input O 10V B All mode Voltage input 0 10V differential AD mode Voltage input 0 1 OV differential A BCD A BCD ee ee ee All mode Voltage input 10 10V Al2 mode Voltage input 10 10V Jumper block X6 Jumper block X3 O1 mode CMA and CMB grounding fob oD CMB connected to GND HH o CMA connected to GND o _ CMB isolated from GND AO1 mode 0 20mA Current output CMA isolated from GND A BCD e
146. accuracy 1 Panel reference Resolution 0 01 Hz Field weakening point See Hz Acceleration time 3000 sec Deceleration time o 02000 see e 02000 see e Braking torque DC brake 30 Ty without brake option Ambient operating 50 F 10 C no frost 122 F 50 C temperature 50 F 10 C no frost 104 F ee lu Storage temperature 104 F 158 F Relative humidity 0 to 95 RH non condensing non corrosive no dripping water Air quality chemical vapours IEC 721 3 3 unit in operation class 3C2 mechanical particles IEC 721 3 3 unit in operation class 3S2 100 load capacity no derating up to 1094yd 1 derating for each 109yd above 1094yd max 3281yd 5 150 Hz EN50178 EN60068 2 6 Displacement amplitude 1 mm peak at 3 15 8 Hz Max acceleration amplitude 1 G at 15 8 150 Hz Shock UPS Drop Test for applicable UPS weights Storage and shipping max 15 G 11 ms in package Enclosure class IP21 NEMA1 standard in entire kW HP range IP54 NEMA 12 option in entire kKW HP range Note Keypad installation required for IP54 Table 4 3 Technical data continues on next page Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 18 94 Technical data Honeywell EMC Fulfil all EMC immunity requirements at default Emissions EMC lev
147. act Honeywell for information on special applications This manual is available in both paper and electronic editions It is recommended that the electronic version be used where possible as it contains several links and cross references to other locations in the manual which makes it easier for the reader to move around in the manual to check and find things faster Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 4 94 Honeywell NX User s Manual Index Oi a a D EE 6 LH WARNINGS ke T e EA e BASS A Ge A ee E AA EE e EK E E 6 Lk SAFE TYGINSTRUGTIONS ee EEE EEE E a eae aa eg ag ee 6 1 3 EARTHING AND EARTH FAULT PROTECTION 7 TA RUNNING THE MOTOR isons eege ee e ee eon oe oe Coe 7 set JEC 8 2 1 GE MARKING EE EE E teec vide E veen eee ENEE E SE 8 2 2 ee Ee UE 8 Pasar EE beet 8 PANA AEE FECHIICAL CHICA oes EE ee EAE ES Se 8 2 2 3 NX frequency converter EMC classification AEN 8 2 2 4 Manufacturer s declaration OF conformity scci2cx lt scenDatonassivatevcseddeurunprendened eacetepepndelesateteoeoeddorped teteoes 9 29 RTE BT EE 9 3 HRECEIPT OF SHIRME N T ee EE 11 3 1 TYPE DESIGNATION CODE 11 Me 11 3 3 MAINTENANCE ebe Eege AE ESCHER 12 sd ANNE KE Me tk te SP te ti Be Ne id eT A te e Bt NS A te he ee od 12 gd TE GTINIC AL DATA axe enon asia es escheat EE 13 Sc JIN
148. ages Expander boards S6 8 6 Information about the basic and option boards connected to the control board can be found in the Expanders submenu see Chapter 6 2 You can check the status of each slot by entering the board submenu with the right arrow menu button and using the Browser buttons to choose the board whose status you wish to check Push the right arrow menu button again to display the status of the board The keypad will also display the program version of the respective board when either one of the Browser buttons is pushed If no board is connected to the slot the text no board will be shown If a board is connected to a slot but the connection is somehow lost the text no conn is displayed See Chapter 6 2 and Figure 6 17 and 6 11 for more information For more information on the expander board related parameters see Chapter 7 3 7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell QQ cay IO cay GES GES B NXOPTA2 Software version Ciatti 10001 0 READY 686 Gp Expander boards lt p A NXOPTA1 E1 gt E5 Figure 7 26 Expander board information menus Debug menu S6 8 7 This menu is meant for advanced users and application designers Contact factory for any assistance needed 7 3 7 Expander board
149. ake control inverted 22 Therm fault or warn 23 On Off control 24 Fieldbus input data 1 25 Fieldbus input data 2 26 Fieldbus input data 3 Digital output 1 on 320 00 s 487 0 00 delay not in use delay Table 6 11 Delayed digital output 1 parameters G2 3 1 6 5 4 2 Delayed digital output 2 Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 2 Parameter i Default Digital output 2 0 1 signal selection Digital output 2 Digital output 2 on 320 00 s 491 0 00 delay not in use delay Table 6 12 Delayed digital output 2 parameters G2 3 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 80 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 4 3 Digital output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 3 Code Parameter Min Default Cust P2 3 3 2 Run 0 B 1 433 ET P2 3 3 4 Inverted faut o 01 435 P2 3 3 5 Warning o tT BG 0 1 P2 3 3 6 External fault 0 437 P2 3 3 7 Reference fault warning 0 0 4 438 warning P2 3 3 9 Reverse o oi ant P2 3 3 10 Unrequested direction 0 0 1 441 __Atspeed o oi J ES Joggingspeed 0 01 Il External control place 0 01 al P2 3 3 14 External brake control 0 0 1 445 P2 3 3 15 External brake control 0 1 446 inverted Output frequency limit 1 supervis
150. amic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 186 Description of parameters Wake up happens when actual value oes below the imit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit Wake up happens when actual value oes below the imit Wake up happens when actual value exceeds the limit The limit defined with parameter ID1018 is in percent of the maximum actual value he limit defined ith parameter ID1018 is in percent of the maximum actual value Description Actual value signal 100 Par ID1018 30 time 2 Actual value signal 100 Par ID1018 60 Start e Actual value signal 100 reference 50 Par ID1018 60 limit 60 reference 30 Start Stop j Actual value signal 100 Par ID1018 140 limit 140 reference 70 eference 50 Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Start Stop NX12k88 fh8 Figure 8 57 Selectable wake up functions Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 Golden Valley MIN 55422 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Honeywell Description of parameters Page 187 1020 PID controller bypass 7 2 9 16 With this parameter the PID controller can be programmed to be bypassed Then the frequency of the controlled drive and the starting points of the auxi
151. and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 196 Appendices Honeywell 9 2 Closed loop parameters ID s 612 to 621 Select the Closed loop control mode by setting value 3 or 4 for parameter ID600 Closed loop control mode see page 169 is used when enhanced performance near zero speed and better static speed accuracy with higher speeds are needed Closed loop control mode is based on rotor flux oriented current vector control With this controlling principle the phase currents are divided into a torque producing current portion and a magnetizing current portion Thus the squirrel cage induction machine can be controlled in a fashion of a separately excited DC motor Note These parameters can be used with NXP drive only EXAMPLE Motor Control Mode 3 Closed loop speed control This is the usual operation mode when fast response times high accuracy or controlled run at zero frequencies are needed Encoder board should be connected to slot C of the control unit Set the encoder P R parameter P7 3 1 1 Run in open loop and check the encoder speed and direction V7 3 2 2 Change the direction parameter P7 3 1 2 or switch the phases of motor cables if necessary Do not run if encoder speed is wrong Program the no load current to parameter ID612 and set parameter ID619 S
152. anual 2 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 7 3 7 in the NX User s Manual Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Application Manual Local Remote Control Application NX series Page 24 Local Remote control application Honeywell 3 Local Remote Control Application 3 1 Introduction Select the Local Remote Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 Utilising the Local Remote Control Application it is possible to have two different control places For each control place the frequency reference can be selected from either the control keypad I O terminal or fieldbus The active control place is selected with the digital input DIN6 e All outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Lo
153. aqrt Act1 Sort Act2 CP control place cc closing contact oc opening contact Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com PID control application Honeywell 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal c board 2 Al2 signal c board 3 Al3 4 Al4 Actual value 1 5 Fieldbus selection ProcessDatalN2 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power 10 Encoder frequency 0 Not used 1 Al1 signal c board 2 Al2 signal c board 3 Al3 4 Al4 Actual value 2 input 335 5 Fieldbus ProcessDatalN3 6 Motor torque 7 Motor speed 8 Motor current 9 Motor power maxi al Ges Sa TTF programming method Alt Alt signal selection selection o ae a used See page 70 0 Signal range 0 100 Al signal range 1 Signal range 20 100 fale range Al1 custom minimum 100 00 00 setting Alt custom 100 00 100 00 maximum setting 0 Not inverted AU filter time ceo el eal 10 00 ec 0 No filtering TTF programming method 0 0 20 mA Al2 signal range 1 4 20 mA Eu Customised A 2 custom minimum 100 00 00 setting Al2 custom 100 00 100 00 maximum setting 0 Not inverted Al2 inversion 1 Inverted Al2 filter time 10 00 329 0 No filtering Motor potentiometer 2000 0 ramp time Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limi
154. arameter ID303 0 scaling is set off The minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling A Output A Output frequency frequency Max freq ID102 Max freq ID102 Analogue Analogue L Min freq 1D101 input V p input V gt L gt 0 NX12K13 Figure 8 10 Left Reference scaling Right No scaling used par ID303 0 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 133 305 Reference inversion 2 2 2 6 Inverts reference signal 4 output Max ref signal Min set freq et Min ref signal Max set freq Max freq 1D102 0 No inversion 1 Reference inverted Analogue input gt Min freq ID101 1 i D i l i i ii i i i i I 0 ax NX12K14 Figure 8 11 Reference invert 306 Reference filter time 2 2 2 7 Filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue Un signal Long filtering time makes regulation Unfiltered signal response slower Filtered signal t s gt NX12K15 Figure 8 12 Reference filtering 307 Analogue output function 2 16 2 3 2 2 3 5 2 2 3 3 2 This parameter selects the desired function for the analogue output signal See pages 9 17 31 45 60 82 and 109 for the para
155. arameters Siis Ge Menu M2 gt Sc Parameter Default 0 Linear WE EE Acceleration time 2 3000 0 Ser ee a Deceleration time 2 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Sr 0 Coasting 1 Ramp Stop function 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable DC braking current Varies DC braking time Frequency to start DC braking during ramp stop DC braking time 0 SCH Flux braking current orte ta lef Table 4 6 Drive contro parameters G2 4 P2 4 9 P2 4 10 4 4 6 Prohibit parameters e keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Default Prohibit frequency par 2 5 2 range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency 320 00 Hz 510 0 Prohibit range 1 is off range 1 high limit Prohibit frequency Prohibit frequency 320 00 Hz 512 0 Prohibit range 2 is off range 2 high limit Prohibit frequency par 2 5 2 Hz 513 range 3 low limit Prohibit frequency 2 D e ramp Table 4 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 48 Multi step speed control application Honeywell 4 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust Note NXS 0 Frequency co
156. ario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 121 EXAMPLE What changes are required to start with load from 0 Hz o First set the motor nominal values Parameter group 2 1 Option 1 Activate the Automatic torque boost Option 2 Programmable U f curve To get torque you need to set the zero point voltage and midpoint voltage frequency in parameter group 2 6 so that the motor takes enough current at low frequencies First set par D108 to Programmable U F curve value 2 Increase zero point voltage ID606 to get enough current at zero speed Set then the midpoint voltage ID605 to 1 4142 ID606 and midpoint frequency ID604 to value ID605 100 ID111 NOTE In high torque low speed applications it is likely that the motor will overheat If the motor has to run a prolonged time under these conditions special attention must be paid to cooling the motor Use external cooling for the motor if the temperature tends to rise too high 110 Nominal voltage of the motor 2 6 2 1 6 Find this value LU on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the voltage at the field weakening point ID603 to 100 x U nmotor 111 Nominal frequency of the motor 2 7 2 1 7 Find this value f on the rating plate of the motor This parameter sets the field weakening point ID602 to the same value 112 Nominal speed of the motor 2 8 2 1 8 Find this value n on the rating plate of the motor
157. assword in a safe place In the Hardware settings submenu S6 7 under the System menu it is possible to further control some functions of the hardware in the frequency converter The functions available in this menu are Internal brake resistor connection Fan control HMI acknowledge timeout and HMI retry Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad Internal brake resistor connection P6 7 1 With this function it is possible to tell the frequency converter whether the internal brake resistor is connected or not If the frequency converter has been ordered with an internal brake resistor the default value of this parameter is Connected However if it is necessary to increase braking capacity by installing an external brake resistor or if the internal brake resistor is disconnected for another reason it is advisable to change the value of this function to Not conn in order to avoid unnecessary fault trips Enter the edit mode by pushing the right arrow menu button Use the Browser buttons to change the internal brake resistor status Accept the change with the Enter button or return to the previous level with the eft arrow menu button Note The brake resistor is available as optional equipment for all classes It can be installed interna
158. at the set maximum value Below the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage depends on the setting of the U f curve parameters See parameters ID109 ID108 ID604 and ID605 When the parameters ID110 and ID111 nominal voltage and nominal frequency of the motor are set the parameters ID602 and ID603 are automatically given the corresponding values If you need different values for the field weakening point and the maximum output voltage change these parameters after setting the parameters ID110 and ID111 U f curve middle point frequency 234567 2 6 6 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with parameter ID108 this parameter defines the middle point frequency of the curve See Figure 8 1 U f curve middle point voltage 234567 2 6 7 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with the parameter ID108 this parameter defines the middle point voltage of the curve See Figure 8 1 Output voltage at zero frequency 234567 2 6 8 If the programmable U f curve has been selected with the parameter ID108 this parameter defines the zero frequency voltage of the curve See Figure 8 1 Overvoltage controller 234567 2 6 10 These parameters allow the under overvoltage controllers to be switched out of operation This may be useful for example if the mains supply voltage varies more than 15 to 10 and the application will not tolerate this over undervoltage In this case the regulator controls the output freq
159. ation 101 Minimum frequency 2 1 2 1 1 102 Maximum frequency 2 2 2 1 2 Defines the frequency limits of the frequency converter The maximum value for these parameters is 320 Hz The software will automatically check the values of parameters 1ID105 ID106 ID315 and ID728 103 Acceleration time 1 2 3 2 1 3 104 Deceleration time 1 2 4 2 1 4 These limits correspond to the time required for the output frequency to accelerate from the zero frequency to the set maximum frequency par ID102 105 Preset speed 1 1246 2 18 2 1 14 2 1 15 106 Preset speed 2 1246 2 19 2 1 15 2 1 16 Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum frequencies par ID101 ID102 Note the use of TTF programming method in the Multi purpose Control Application See parameters ID419 ID420 and ID421 Multi st Multi st Speed sold DINA sel 2 DINS Basic speed 0 0 ID105 1 0 ID106 0 1 Table 8 1 Preset speed Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 119 107 Current limit 2 5 2 1 5 This parameter determines the maximum motor current from the frequency converter The parameter value range differs from size to size See the table below for the range and the default values o
160. ault Analogue output 2 0 4 signal selection Analogue output 2 meyer aie 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time Analogue output 2 1 474 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 2 1 475 0 0 mA minimum 1 4 mA scale Analogue output 2 Table 7 13 Output signals Analogue output 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 110 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 ae output 3 i Control e Menu M2 gt G2 3 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust p ID Note P2 3 5 1 a output 3 0 1 signal selection Analogue output 3 p2 3 5 3 Analogue output 3 10 00 s 1 00 480 0 No filtering filter time P2354 Analogue output 3 0 Not inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 3 lt 0 mA pP2 3 5 6 Analogue output 3 10 1000 100 483 scale p2 3 5 7 Analogue output3 _100 00 100 00 offset Table 7 14 Output signals Analogue output 3 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 111 7 5 5 Drive control parameters sel Ge Menu M2 gt Seat Parameter Default 0 Linear 0 Dose pasene ameme
161. aximum scaling maximum scale p2 2 113 Actualvalue2 _1o99 9 1000 0 ai oo a 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 104 Pump and fan control application Honeywell p22114 Actualvalue2 _1o99 9 1000 0 100 0 400 No maximum scaling maximum scale ramp time 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or Motor potentiometer P2 2 1 16 frequency reference powered down memory reset 2 Reset if powered down Motor potentiometer 0 N0 reset P2 2 1 17 PID reference 2 370 1 Reset if stopped or memory reset powered down 2 Reset if powered down B reference scale 0 Scaling off B reference scale 0 Scaling off Table 7 4 Input signals Basic settings 7 5 3 2 Analogue input 1 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 2 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 2 2 1 11 signal selection 0 A 1 377 P2 2 2 2 Al1 fiter time 0 00 1000 s 010 324 0 No filtering 0 Signal range 0 100 Al signal range 1 Signal range 20 100 i range AT custom 100 00 100 100 00 minimum setting Al custom 00 00 E 100 00 maximum setting N A 0 Not inverted Table 7 5 Input signals Analogue input 1 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapte
162. cal Remote Control Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Local Remote control application 3 2 Control I O Local reference NXOPTA1 potentiometer Terminal Signal Description 1 10Vrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc l 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Place B frequency reference 0 10V DC range 0 10 V DC eee 3 Al1 UO Ground Ground for reference and controls Remote reference 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Place A frequency reference 0 20mA 0 20 mA 0 4 20 mA EE 5 Al2 m range m Remote control 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 24V 7 GND IO ground Ground for reference and controls Aa Zeisseng 8 DIN1 Place A start forward Contact closed start forward programmable we es 9 DIN2 Place A start reverse Contact closed start reverse programmable Bag WEE 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault Remote control ground 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V
163. can be programmed to relay outputs or digital output By default one auxiliary drive is in use and it is programmed to relay output ROT at B 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 183 1002 Start frequency auxiliary drive 1 7 2 9 2 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must exceed the limit defined with these parameters with 1 Hz before the auxiliary drive is started The 1 Hz overdraft makes a hysteresis to avoid unnecessary starts and stops See Figure 8 54 See also parameters ID101 and ID102 page 118 1003 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 1 7 2 9 3 The frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter must fall with 1Hz below the limit defined with these parameters before the auxiliary drive is stopped The stop frequency limit also defines the frequency to which the frequency of the drive controlled by the frequency converter is dropped after starting the auxiliary drive See Figure 8 54 1004 Start frequency auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 4 1005 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 5 1006 Start frequency auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 6 1007 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 7 1008 Start frequency auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9 8 1009 Stop frequency auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9
164. cations submenu containing information about not only the application currently in use but also all other applications loaded into the frequency converter The information available is Page Content 6 8 4 Name of application 6 8 4 1 Application ID 6 8 4 4 2 Version 6 8 4 4 3 Firmware interface Table 7 9 Applications information pages Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad Reavy ce Standard READY ABBY CED lt 41 gt Application id A1 gt A7 D1 gt D3 NXFIFF01 Figure 7 25 Applications info page In the Applications information page push the Menu button right to enter the Application pages of which there are as many as there are applications loaded into the frequency converter Locate the application you want information about with the Browser buttons and then enter the Information pages with the Menu button right Use again the Browser buttons to see the different pages Hardware S6 8 5 The Hardware information page provides information on the following hardware related topics Page Content 6 8 5 1 Nominal power of the unit 6 8 5 2 Nominal voltage of the unit 6 8 5 3 Brake chopper 6 8 5 4 Brake resistor Table 7 10 Hardware information p
165. ce reference UP increases cc Pie 0 Ea Autochange 1 P2 2 6 18 eoa aie 426 Activated if cc DC braking active cc CH as P2 2 6 19 AUG elle A3 427 Activated if cc Interlock P2 2 6 20 Autochange 3 0 1 428 Activated if cc Interlock Autochange 4 P2 2 6 22 EE 0 1 430 Activated if cc Interlock Selected with 2 1 11 oc Goen piDreferce2 o o1 Lem Selected wih 22 142 Table 7 9 Input signals Digital inputs cc closing contact oc opening contact Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 107 7 5 4 Output signals 7 5 4 1 Digital output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 1 Code Parameter Min Default Cust ID Note P2 3 1 1 P2 3 1 2 P2 3 1 3 P2 3 1 4 Inverted fault 0 0 1 435 P2 3 1 5 hn o 01 SSS ES SS P2 3 1 6 External fault Reference PESA fault warning GEES Overtemperature warning P2 3 1 9 Revere 0 01 Unrequested P2 3 1 11 At speed P2 3 1 12 Jogging speed ES Es 0 P2 3 1 13 External control Ce place P2 3 1 14 External brake a control P2 3 1 15 External brake control inverted Output frequency eos limit 1 supervision 0 1 P2 3 1 17 Output frequency limit 2 supervision P2 3 1 18 Reference limit Tac supervision EE
166. cessful a fault trip FT see below occurs FT Fault Trip If the drive is unable to restart the motor after an AR fault an FT fault occurs The effect of the FT fault is basically the same as that of the F fault the drive is stopped Table 7 2 Fault types Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell 7 3 4 2 Fault codes The fault codes their causes and correcting actions are presented in the table below The shadowed faults are A faults only The items written in white on black background present faults for which you can be program different responses in the application See parameter group Protections Note When contacting distributor because of a fault condition always write down all texts and codes on the keypad display Possible cause Correcting measures 1 Overcurrent Frequency converter has detected too high a current GA in the motor cable sudden heavy load increase short circuit in motor cables unsuitable motor The DC link voltage has exceeded the limits defined in Table 4 2 too short a deceleration time high overvoltage spikes in supply 2 Overvoltage Earth fault the sum of motor phase current is not zero insulation failure in cables or motor
167. closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 138 Description of parameters Honeywell 12 DC braking command Contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened See Figure 8 17 13 Motor potentiometer UP A A Output Output frequency frequency NX12K32 Contact closed Reference increases until the contact is opened Figure 8 17 DC braking command selection 12 selected for DIN2 Left Stop mode Ramp Right Stop mode Coasting 320 All signal range 34567 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 3 Sel 0 0 100 0 100 0 100 1 20 100 20 100 20 100 2 Customised 10 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 10 Selections for parameter ID320 For selection Customised see parameters ID321 and ID322 321 Al1 custom setting minimum 34567 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 4 322 Al1 custom setting maximum 34567 2 2 6 2 2 18 2 2 2 5 These parameters set the analogue input signal for any input signal span within O 100 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 M
168. com Honeywell Appendices Page 195 Brake off In order for the brake to release three conditions must be fulfilled 1 the drive must be in Run state 2 the torque must be over the set limit if used and 3 the output frequency must be over the set limit if used Brake on Stop command activates the brake delay count and the brake is closed when the output frequency falls below the set limit ID315 or ID346 As a precaution the brake closes when the brake on delay expires at the latest Note A fault or Stop state will close the brake immediately without a delay See Figure 9 2 It is strongly advisable that the brake on delay be set longer than the ramp time in order to avoid damaging of the brake No brake off contro Brake off ctrl 2 limi ID346 Brake on off crtl 1 limit TRUE 4 Output frequency gt ID347 No brake off contro ee 4 Brake off ctrl torque limit 04 U09 Jjo ayeig TRUE Motor torque gt 1D349 Brake off Brake on Run state ON No Run request Ea Jee COUNT Reversing OR No run request i No brake on control 0 2 1D315 4 L Brake on ctrl 2 limits 3 y No brake on control 0 3 ID346 7 L jBrake on off crtl 1 limit 4 1 i i ID316 ID347 01 U09 U6 SuEIg Output frequency NX12k114 fh8 Figure 9 2 Brake control logic Automation
169. cription of parameters Page 161 463 Analogue input supervision limit 67 2 3 3 22 2 3 1 22 The selected analogue input signal goes beyond the set supervision limist see parameters ID372 ID373 and ID374 464 Analogue output 1 signal selection 234567 2 3 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 3 1 Connect the AO1 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 471 Analogue output 2 signal selection 234567 2 3 12 2 3 22 2 3 6 1 2 3 4 1 Connect the AO2 signal to the analogue output of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4 472 Analogue output 2 function 234567 2 3 13 2 3 23 2 3 6 2 2 3 4 2 473 Analogue output 2 filter time 234567 2 3 14 2 3 24 2 3 6 3 2 3 4 3 474 Analogue output 2 inversion 234567 2 3 15 2 3 25 2 3 6 4 2 3 4 4 475 Analogue output 2 minimum 234567 2 3 16 2 3 26 2 3 6 5 2 3 4 5 476 Analogue output 2 scaling 234567 2 3 17 2 3 27 2 3 6 6 2 3 4 6 For more information on these five parameters see the corresponding parameters for the analogue output 1 on pages 133 to 135 477 Analogue output 2 offset 67 2 3 6 7 2 3 4 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output 478 Analogue output 3 signal selection 67 2 3 7 1 2 3 5 1 See ID464 479 Analogue output 3 function 67 2 3 7 2 2 3 5 2 See ID307 480 Analogue output 3 filter time 67 2 3 7 3 2 3 5 3 See ID
170. current 0 15 x I and the Weg oe l current set with parameter ID507 See Par Dn Figure 8 37 0 15 x IL mt Signal range NX12K58 Figure 8 37 Scaling of DC braking current 401 Reducing of acceleration and deceleration times 6 2 2 6 3 See par ID399 I Factor R Acceleration and deceleration times can be reduced with the free analogue input signal according to the following formulas Reduced time set acc deceler time par ID103 104 ID502 ID503 divided by the factor R from Figure 8 38 Signal range NX12K59 Figure 8 38 Reducing of acceleration and deceleration times Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 156 Description of parameters Honeywell 402 Reducing of torque supervision limit 6 2 2 6 4 See ID399 The set torque supervision limit Torque can be reduced with the free limit analogue input signal between 0 100 and the set supervision limit ID349 See Figure 8 39 Par ID349 Free So gt NX12K60 Figure 8 39 Reducing torque supervision limit 403 Start signal 1 6 2 2 7 1 Signal selection 1 for the start stop logic Default programming A 1 404 Start signal 2 6 2 2 7 2 Signal selection 2 for the start stop logic Default programming A 2 405 External fault close 67 2 2 7 11 2 2 6 4
171. cy to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency referenceio motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 In of Motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature v1 11 Analogue input 1 V imA 13 Al input value V1 12 Analogue input 2 V imA 14 Al2 input value V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 V1 16 Analogue input 3 V imA 27 Al3 input value V1 17 Analogue input 4 V imA 28 Al4 input value V1 18 PID Reference 20 In of the max frequency V1 19 PID Actual value 21 In of the max actual value V1 20 PID Error value 22 In of the max error value V1 21 PID Output 23 In of the max output value V1 22 Running auxiliary drives 30 Number of running auxiliary drives V1 23 Special display for actual value 29 See parameters 2 9 29 to 2 9 31 M 1 24 Multimonitoring items EES values Table 7 2 Monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 63 2600 www honeywell com Page 102 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7
172. different compared to the conventional method used in other NX applications In the conventional programming method Function to Terminal Programming Method FTT you have a fixed input or output that you define a certain function for The applications mentioned above however use the Terminal to Function Programming method TTF in which the programming process is carried out the other way round Functions appear as parameters which the operator defines a certain input output for See Warning on page 71 6 4 1 Defining an input output for a certain function on keypad Connecting a certain input or output with a certain function parameter is done by giving the parameter an appropriate value The value is formed of the Board slot on the NX control board see NX User s Manual Chapter 6 2 and the respective signal number see below Slot Terminal number Terminal type Example You want to connect the digital output function Reference fault warning parameter 2 3 3 7 to the digital output DO1 on the basic board NXOPTA1 see NX User s Manual Chapter 6 2 First find the parameter 2 3 3 7 on the keypad Press the Menu button right once to enter the edit mode On the value line you will see the terminal type on the left DigIN DigOUT An IN An OUT and on the right the present input output the function is connected to B 3 A 2 etc or if not connected a value 0 When the value is blinking hold down the Browser button up or down
173. directly to the mains or place them to off state The interlock feedback functions are connected to the digital inputs of the frequency converter Program parameters ID426 to ID430 to connect the feedback functions to the digital inputs Each drive must be connected to its own interlock input The Pump and fan control controls only those motors whose interlock input is active 0 Interlock feedback not used The frequency converter receives no interlock feedback from the drives 1 Update of autochange order in Stop The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives In case one of the drives is for some reason disconnected from the system and eventually re connected it will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED gt P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Update of order immediately The frequency converter receives interlock feedback from the drives At re connection of a drive to the autochange line the automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 1033 Actual value special display minimum 7 2 9 29 1034 Actual value special display
174. e In other words the value 1 corresponds to open contact and values 2 to 10 to closed contact In case of analogue inputs giving the value 1 for the terminal number corresponds to 0 value 2 corresponds to 20 and any value between 3 and 10 corresponds to 100 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 73 6 5 Multi purpose Control Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 118 to 193 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID ID number of the parameter On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see chapter 6 4 6 5 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values canno
175. e START command has been given faulty operation component failure Stop signal has been given from the option board Various causes e g defective component 6 Emergency stop 7 Saturation trip Cannot be reset from the keypad Switch off power DO NOT RE CONNECT POWER Contact factory If this fault appears simultaneously with Fault 1 check motor cables and motor Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact your nearest distributor 8 System fault component failure faulty operation Note exceptional fault data record see 7 3 4 3 DC link voltage is under the voltage limits Undervoltage In case of temporary supply voltage defined in most probable cause too low a supply voltage frequency converter internal fault break reset the faultand restart the frequency converter Check the supply voltage If it is adequate an internal failure has occurred Contact your nearest distributor Input line Input line phase is missing Check supply voltage and cable supervision Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Output phase Fault tracing Current measurement has detected that Honeywell Check motor cable and motor supervision 12 Brake chopper supervision 13 Frequency converte
176. e parameters ID315 and ID316 448 Output frequency limit 2 supervision 67 2 3 3 17 2 3 1 17 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters ID346 and ID347 449 Reference limit supervision 67 2 3 3 18 2 3 1 18 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 160 Description of parameters Honeywell Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit see parameters ID350 and ID351 450 Temperature limit supervision 67 2 3 3 19 2 3 1 19 Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID354 and ID355 451 Torque limit supervision 67 2 3 3 20 2 3 1 20 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision limits see parameters ID348 and ID349 452 Motor thermal protection 67 2 3 3 21 2 3 1 21 Motor thermistor initiates a overtemperature signal which can be led to a digital output NOTE This parameter will not work unless you have NXOPTA3 or NXOPTB2 thermistor relay board connected 454 Motor regulator activation 67 2 3 3 23 2 3 1 23 Overvoltage or overcurrent regulator has been activated 455 Fieldbus input data 1 FBFixedControlWord bit 3 67 2 3 3 24 2 3 1 24 456 Fieldbus input data 2 FBFixedControlWord bit 4 67 2 3 3 25 2 3
177. e Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 2 4 1 Al3 signal selection 0 0 1 141 AI3 filter ime 0 00 10 00 s 010 142 0 No filtering 0 0 100 l 1 20 100 Al3 signal range 3 143 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range AI3 custom minimum 199 99 100 00 144 setting 24 AI3 custom 100 00 100 00 o 100 00 145 maximum setting 3 i 0 Not inverted Table 6 7 Analogue input 3 parameters G2 2 4 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 77 6 5 3 5 Analogue input 4 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 5 Code Parameter Min Max Max junit Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 2 5 1_ Al4 signal selection 0 Sree ae eee P2 2 5 2 Al4 filter time Lie Lan 10 00 a aH 0 No filtering 0 0 100 1 20 100 P2 2 5 3 Al4 signal range 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range p22 sq ft custom minimum 100 00 100 00 155 setting Al4 custom 0 Not inverted P2 2 5 6 Al4 signal inversion 162 1 Inverted Table 6 8 Analogue input 4 parameters G2 2 5 6 5 3 6 Free analogue input signal selection Keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 6 Parameter 0 Not used 1 Al1 2 Al2 Se ee 3 AI3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcess
178. e at stop 234567 2 4 9 Determines if braking is ON or OFF and the braking time of the DC brake when the motor is stopping The function of the DC brake depends on the stop function parameter ID506 0 DC brake is not used gt 0 DC brake is in use and its function depends on the Stop function param ID506 The DC braking time is determined with this parameter Par ID506 0 Stop function Coasting After the stop command the motor coasts to a stop without control of the frequency converter With DC injection the motor can be electrically stopped in the shortest possible time without using an optional external braking resistor The braking time is scaled according to the frequency when the DC braking starts If the frequency is the nominal frequency of the motor the set value of parameter ID508 determines the braking time When the frequency is lt 10 of the nominal the braking time is 10 of the set value of parameter ID508 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 166 Description of parameters Honeywell Output frequency Motor speed DC braking ON S ee DC braking ON t 1 x Par ID508 gt gt t 0 1 x Par ID508 RUN STOP NX12K21 Figure 8 43 DC braking time when Stop mode Coasting
179. e lower right corner of the display and by pressing the right arrow menu button the next menu level can be reached The control keypad navigation chart is shown on the next page Please note that the menu M7 is located in the lower left corner From there it is possible to navigate your way up to the desired menu using the menu and browser buttons More detailed descriptions of the menus can be found later in this Chapter Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell cD GER 611 P A NXOPTA1 Gi 3 gt G1 OI Parameters P19P3 Ma Expander boards G19G5 A AA VG G System Menu Si9S9 A Vv Dap ch a gt P Language English A Change v value 1 G Fault history H1 gt H3 cy HS G gt 11 Output phase T1317 E bk Operation days A Yy A e aw Gs Active faults FO S ER cd 11 Output phase bk Operation days T1 T7 A Yy aca Aca Goter SE ap lt P Control Place I O Terminal M3 Keypad control P13P3 pea Change value A Browse A AA w Parameters G1 gt G9 READ GC 1 D Pe lt P Basic parameters Irak Min Frequency
180. e set can be selected with the programmable signal DIN3 par D301 Brake chopper 234567 2 4 5 0 No brake chopper used 1 Brake chopper in use and tested when running Can be tested also in READY state External brake chopper no testing Used and tested in READY state and when running 2 3 4 Used when running no testing When the frequency converter is decelerating the motor the inertia of the motor and the load are fed into an external brake resistor This enables the frequency converter to decelerate the load with a torque equal to that of acceleration provided that the correct brake resistor has been selected See separate Brake resistor installation manual Start function 2 4 6 Ramp 0 The frequency converter starts from 0 Hz and accelerates to the set reference frequency within the set acceleration time Load inertia or starting friction may cause prolonged acceleration times Flying start 1 The frequency converter is able to start into a running motor by applying a small torque to motor and searching for the frequency corresponding to the speed the motor is running at Searching starts from the maximum frequency towards the actual frequency until the correct value is detected Thereafter the output frequency will be increased decreased to the set reference value according to the set acceleration deceleration parameters Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Dougla
181. ected Connected resistor Connected Continuou Continuous Fan control s Temperature HMI acknowledg 5000 timeout HMI number of retries System information EECH EE MWh counter Power On day counter Power On hours s counter Trip counters To o To o EE Mwncounter Con III SE CEET EH DEE RER Automation and Control Solutions Load down fran All parameters S6 3 3 All but motor parameters o ree SSES parameters inm Store set 1 Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell MWh trip counter Operating days meem C CO O ST ST T o Operating hours hh mm s Ceme ET Clear operating time GE E Softwareinfo Software package System software version Firmware interface System load e SS SS E S6 8 4 Applications S6 8 4 Name ofapplicaton TE D6 8 4 1 Application ID Version D6 8 4 3 _ Applications Firmware interface hlaroware m Unitpower f ow ff ante Unit voltage EE Info Brake resistor TI III TI Expanderboards __ _ __ Table 7 5 System menu functions Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell c
182. eed Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 50 00 check suitability for motor and drive system P2 1 3 30000 s 30 mr Deceleration time 1 Current limit Varies Vares A Vares 107 See Table 8 2 NX2 230V Nominal voltage of 180 v NX5 400V 110 the motor NXG 690V Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 00 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor Nominal speed t The default applies for a 4 ihe iii 20 000 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating nate of epee ee 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 Keypad control 1 Al2 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 Fieldbus control 1 Al2 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus omg speed pref 000 Par 212 Hz 090 fae Presetspeed 1 oco Part2 EE Preset speed 2 106 Multi step speed 2 Preseispeod3 0o00 Par 212 ne lest eise Presetspeed4 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 15 00 127 Multistepspeed4 l Presetspeed5 000 Par 212 Hz 1750 128 Mull stepspesd5 _Presetspeed6 0 00 Par 212 Hz 20 00 129 Mulistepspeed6 l Presetspeed7 000 Par2t2 Hz 2250 130 Mull stepspesd7 l Presetspeed8 000 Par 212 Hz 2500 133 Mutrstep speeds Presetspeed9 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 27 50 134 Multi stepspeed9 Preset speed 10 000 Ip zl 3000 135 Wulistep speed 0 Preset speed 11 0 00 Par 21 2 Hz 3250 136 Multistepspeed 11 Preset speed 12 000 Para12 Hz 35
183. el 2 1 17 reference Table 5 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Deceleration time 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell PID control application 5 4 3 Input signals Gare Gig Menu M2 gt G2 2 Parameter Default 0 Not used 1 External fault cc 2 External fault oc 3 Run enable 4 Acc Dec time selection 5 CP UO terminal 6 CP Keypad DIN2 function 7 CP Fieldbus 8 Forward Reverse 9 Jogging frequency cc 10 Fault reset cc 11 Acc Dec prohibit cc 12 DC braking command 13 Motor pot UP cc See above except P2 2 2 DIN3 function 0 13 19 301 43 Motor pot DOWN cc See above except DIN5 function Mes Enable PID reference Direct PID output value 1 AlI1 PID output 2 Al2 PID output 3 AI3 PID output E 376 4 Al4 PID output 5 PID keypad PID output 6 Fieldbus PID output ProcessDatalN3 7 Mot pot PID output 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 343 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller Keypad control Fieldbus control I O B reference selection e Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 Actual value 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 selection 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 S
184. el H EN 61800 3 1996 A11 2000 1st settings environment restricted use 2nd environment EN 61000 6 2 1999 EN 61000 6 4 EN 50178 1997 EN 60204 1 1996 EN 60950 2000 3rd edition as relevant CE UL CUL Fl GOST R IEC 61800 5 see unit nameplate for more detailed approvals Control Analogue input voltage 0 10V Ri 200kQ 10V 10V joystick control connections Resolution 0 1 accuracy 1 24V 15 max 250MA Output reference voltagd 10 V 3 max load 10 mA Relay outputs 2 programmable change over relay outputs Switching capacity 24VDC 8A 250VAC 8A 125VDC 0 4A Protections Bel 2 437V NX_5 911V NX_6 1200V all VDC Undervoltage protection NX_2 183V NX_5 333V NX_6 461V all VDC me frequenc converter is protected protection protection protection Short circuit protection Yes of 24V and 10V reference voltages Table 4 3 Technical data Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Installation 5 INSTALLATION 5 1 Mounting The frequency converter can be mounted in either vertical or horizontal position on the wall or on the back plane of a cubicle Enough space shall be reserved around the frequency converter in order to ensure a sufficient cooling see Figure 5 8 Table 5 8 and Table 5 9 F
185. ell 357 358 359 360 361 On Off control low limit 6 2 3 4 14 On Off control high limit 6 2 3 4 15 These parameters set the low and high limits of the signal selected with par ID356 See Figure 8 25 Analogue input selected with par ID356 In this example the programming of par D463 Bi NX12k116 Figure 8 25 An example of On Offcontrol PID controller minimum limit 5 2 2 30 PID controller maximum limit 5 2 2 31 With these parameters you can set the minimum and maximum limits for the PID controller output Limit setting 1000 0 of fmax lt par ID359 lt par ID360 lt 1000 0 of fmax These limits are of importance for example when you define the gain l time and D time for the PID controller Free analogue input signal selection 34 2 2 20 2 2 17 Selection of input signal of a free analogue input an input not used for reference signal 0 Not in use 1 Voltage signal Uin 2 Current signal lin Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 147 362 Free analogue input function 34 2 2 21 2 2 18 This parameter is used for selecting a A function for a free analogue input signal Torque limit 0 Function is not in use Ser 1 Reduces motor current limit ID107
186. ell Parameter 2 9 25 Autochange Interlockings automatics selection 0 Automatics autochange interlockings applied to auxiliary drives only The drive controlled by the frequency converter remains the same Therefore mains contactor is needed for one auxiliary drive only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and a contactor is needed for each drive to connect it to either the mains or the frequency converter Parameter 2 9 26 Autochange interval After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit and 2 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of P2 9 28 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active at control place A e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place or on removal of Start request at control place A Parameters 2 9 27 Maximum number of auxiliary drives and 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit These parameters define the level below which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e If the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parame
187. elow or exceeds the set limit ID351 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via a relay output RO1 or RO2 depending 1 on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signal par D449 is connected applications 6 and 7 The supervised reference is the current active reference It can be place A or B reference depending on DING input or panel reference if the panel is the active control place Reference limit supervision value 34567 2 3 17 2 3 4 8 2 3 2 8 The frequency value to be supervised with the parameter ID350 External brake off delay 34567 2 3 18 2 3 4 9 2 3 2 9 External brake on delay 34567 2 3 19 2 3 4 10 2 3 2 10 The function of the external brake can be timed to the start and stop control signals with these parameters See Figure 8 24 and chapter 9 1 on page 194 The brake control signal can be programmed via the digital output DO1 or via one of the relay outputs RO1 and RO2 see parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or ID445 applications 6 and 7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 145 a b Le ID352 ton ID353 Lu ID352 toy Par ID353 External External BRAKE OFF
188. emperature 9 EEN temperature VIII Analogue input 1 V 13 Al1 V1 12 Analogue input 2 mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DIN6 16 Digital input statuses v1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 M1 17 Multimonitoring items Displays inreg selectable monitoring values Table 3 2 Monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 28 Local Remote control application Honeywell 3 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 00 Ti NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed check suitability for motor and drive system Acceleration time 1 3000 0 a o Currentlimit Varies Vares A Varies 107 ee Table 8 2 NX2 230V Nominal voltage of 180 v NX5 400V 110 the motor NX6 690V Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 Hz 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Nominal current of i Check the rating plate of Check the rating plate of was oso veo ons an See a pat or 0 Al1 1 Al2 UO A reference 117 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus
189. en the actual value signal either falls below or exceeds see par D1019 the Wake up level determined by parameter ID1018 See Figure 8 56 Sleep delay 57 2 1 16 The minimum amount of time the frequency has to remain below the Sleep level before the frequency converter is stopped See Figure 8 56 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 185 1018 Wake up level 57 2 1 17 The wake up level defines the level below which the actual value must fall or which has to be exceeded before the Run state of the frequency converter is restored See Figure 8 56 Actual value Wake up level param ID1018 Output frequency t lt param ID1017 t lt par ID1017 H Li gt Start Stop status of running the var speed drive stop NX12k56 Figure 8 56 Frequency converter sleep function 1019 Wake up function 57 2 1 18 This parameter defines whether the restoration of the Run state occurs when the actual value signal falls below or exceeds the Wake up level par D1018 See Figure 8 56 and Figure 8 57 on page 186 The application 5 has selections 0 1 and application 7 selections 0 3 available Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dyn
190. ena ta 7 060 085 4079 NXS 0400 B FR7NEMA 1 12 9 33x23 3x10 1 FRXS os00B s0 13 4 14 171 FRONEMA TD 11228 3113 TS NxS0600B 60 169 50 143 214 FR8NEMA1 12 11 2x28 4x11 3 127 9 Nxs or50B SG 211 6o 169 253 FR8NEMA1 12 11 2x28 4x11 3 127 9 Table 4 2 Power ratings of the NX supply voltage 230V Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Technical data 17 94 4 3 Technical data Input voltage Un 208 240 V 380 500 V 525 690 V 15 10 Output voltage Continuous output curren l4 Ambient temperature max 122 F 50 C overload 1 5 x l 1min 10min l Ambient temperature max 104 F 40 C overload 1 1 x 4min 10min Starting torque 150 Low overload 200 High overload Starting current 2 0 x l4 2 secs every 20 secs if output frequency lt 30Hz Pe al and temperature of heatsink lt 140 F up to 400 kW Control Control method Frequency Control U f characteristrics Open Loop Sensorless Vector Control Closed Loop Frequency Control Closed Loop Vector Control NXP only Switching frequency Up to and including NX 0061 See parameter 2 6 9 1 16 kHz Factory default 10 kHz From NX 0072 1 10 kHz Factory default 3 6 kHz Frequency reference Analogue input Resolution 0 1 10bit
191. ency that P2 2 2 6 scaling minimum 320 00 303 corresponds to the min value reference signal Al1 reference Selects the frequency that P2 2 2 7 scaling maximum 320 00 304 corresponds to the max value reference signal raze Meee om moo ete Je hysteresis P2 2 2 9 Al1 sleep limit 0 00 100 00 385 P2 2 2 10 EE Table 6 5 Analogue input 1 parameters G2 2 2 P2 2 2 3 Al1 signal range Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 76 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 3 3 Analogue input 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 3 Parameter Al2 signal selection 9 P2 2 3 2 Al2 filter time 0 00 10 00 s 0 10 329 0 No filtering 0 100 1 20 100 2 10V 10V 3 Custom range ms St setting Al2 custom 100 00 100 00 00 100 00 maximum setting Al2 reference SS the frequency that scaling minimum 320 00 393 corresponds to the min value reference signal Al2 reference Selects the frequency that scaling maximum 320 00 Hz 394 corresponds to the max value reference signal ysteresis Table 6 6 Analogue input 2 parameters G2 2 3 Al2 signal range 6 5 3 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Cod
192. equency ID506 simultaneous the Stop pulse coasting overrides the Start pulse d t gt i REV i y DIN4 WMO E Start l DIN5 Stop NX012K11 Figure 8 32 Start pulse Stop pulse The selections 4 to 6 shall be used to exclude the possibility of an unintentional start when for example power is connected re connected after a power failure after a fault reset after the drive is stopped by Run Enable Run Enable False or when the control place is changed The Start Stop contact must be opened before the motor can be started Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 150 364 365 366 367 370 Description of parameters Honeywell 4 DIN4 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN5 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 5 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward 6 DIN4 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Reference scaling minimum value place B 3 2 2 18 Reference scaling maximum value place B 3 2 2 19 See parameters ID3
193. er can therefore be used to trim the slip Reducing the slip adjust value increases the motor voltage when the motor is loaded See chapter 9 2 620 CL Load drooping 234567 2 6 12 4 2 6 15 4 The drooping function enables speed drop as a function of load This parameter sets that amount corresponding to the nominal torque of the motor See chapter 9 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 172 621 622 623 625 626 627 628 632 635 Description of parameters Honeywell CL Startup torque 234567 2 6 12 11 2 6 15 11 Choose here the startup torque Torque Memory is used in crane applications Startup Torque FWD REV can be used in other applications to help the speed controller See chapter 9 2 0 Not Used 1 TorqMemory 2 Torque Ref 3 Torg Fwd Rev AOL Minimum current 234567 2 6 13 2 2 6 16 2 Minimum current to the motor in the current control frequency region Larger value gives more torque but increases losses See chapter 9 3 AOL Flux reference 234567 2 6 13 3 2 6 16 3 Reference for flux below the frequency limit Larger value gives more torque but increases losses See chapter 9 3 AOL Zero speed current 234567 2 6 13 1 2 6 16 1 At very low frequencies this parameter defines the constant current re
194. erform any voltage withstand tests on any part of the NX There sy is a defined procedure for making this test Ignoring this procedure may Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell 1 3 Earthing and earth fault protection The NX frequency converter must always be earthed via a conductor connected to the earthing terminal The earth fault protection inside the frequency converter protects only the converter itself against earth faults in the motor or the motor cable If fault current protective switches e g RCD or Earth Leakage devices are to be used in conjunction with the frequency converter they must be tested with earth fault currents that are possible to arise in fault situations 1 4 Running the motor Warning symbols For your own safety please pay special attention to the instructions marked with the following symbols A WARNING General warning Dangerous voltage HOTSURFACE Hot surface Risk of burn MOTOR RUN CHECK LIST Before starting the motor check that the motor is mounted properly and ensure that the machine connected to the motor allows the motor to be started Set the maximum motor speed frequency according to the motor and the machine connected to it A Eeer a WARNING this can be done safely eee motor cable
195. ers Control keypad Menu Mal 102 T92 HSE SIQWIANS Eege 103 to Ee e EE 107 7 5 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 eee 111 7 5 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 111 7 5 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 Giel 112 7 5 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 Gil 113 7 5 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 i 114 7 5 10 Pump and fan control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 9 115 7 5 11 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M32 116 7 5 12 System menu Control keypad MG 0 cccccccccctccececccnesseccctessnenctetsnenctessnenstenses 117 7 5 13 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 0 cccccccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteneees 117 8 DESCRIPTION OF PARAMETERS c seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 118 8 1 KEYPAD CONTROL PARAMETERS geseet cee eege gee 193 CERN Tele E epree peer eer cpr peer a NT 194 SL EE BEE 194 9 2 CLOSED LOOP PARAMETERS ID s 612 TOr62 1 E 196 9 3 ADVANCED OPEN LOOP PARAMETERS ID s 622 TO 625 632 D 196 9 4 PARAMETERS OF MOTOR THERMAL PROTECTION ID S 704 TO 08 197 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 4 NX Application manual Honeywell 9 5 PARAMETERS OF STALL PROTECTION ID
196. erted P 2 3 1 5 Waming P 2 3 1 6 External Fault P 2 3 1 7 Al Ref Faul warn DigOQUT 0 1 DigOUT E 10 P 2 3 1 8 OverT emp Wam P 2 3 1 9 Reserved P 2 3 1 10 Direct Difference P 2 3 1 11 At Ref Speed P 2 3 1 12 Jogging Speed P 2 3 1 13 ExtControl Place P 2 3 1 14 Ext Brake Contrl P 2 3 1 15 ExtBrakeCtrl Inv P 2 3 1 16 FreqOut SupvLim1 P 2 3 1 17 FreqQut SupvLim2 P 2 3 1 18 Ref Lim Superv zl Figure 6 2 Screenshot of NCDrive programming tool Entering the address code Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to WARNING ensure flawless operation Note The inputs unlike the outputs cannot be changed in RUN state Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 72 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 4 3 Defining unused inputs outputs All unused inputs and outputs must be given the board slot value 0 and the value 1 also for the terminal number The value 0 0 is also the default value for most of the functions However if you want to use the values of a digital input signal for e g testing purposes only you can set the board slot value to 0 and the terminal number to any number between 2 10 to place the input to a TRUE stat
197. erter operates in frequency control mode Because of the nominal slip of the motor the internal torque calculation is inaccurate at low speeds where is it recommended to use the frequency control mode 637 Speed controller P gain Open Loop 6 2 6 13 Defines the P gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode 638 Speed controller gain Open Loop 6 2 6 14 Defines the gain for the speed controlled in Open Loop control mode 639 Torque controller P gain 6 2 10 9 Defines the P gain of the torque controller 640 Torque controller I gain 6 2 10 10 Defines the gain of the torque controller 641 Torque reference selection 6 2 10 4 Defines the source for torque reference Not used Analogue input 1 Analogue input 2 Analogue input 3 Analogue input 4 Analogue input 1 joystick Analogue input 2 joystick From keypad parameter R3 5 Fieldbus D JO Om P OM O 642 Torque reference scaling maximum value 6 2 10 5 643 Torque reference scaling minimum value 6 2 10 6 Scale the custom minimum and maximum levels for analogue inputs within 300 0 300 0 644 Torque speed limit 6 With this parameter the maximum frequency for the torque control can be selected 0 Maximum frequency par ID102 1 Selected frequency reference 2 Preset speed 7 par ID130 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 5542
198. eset button or with a reset signal from the I O terminal Note Remove external Start signal before resetting the fault to prevent unintentional restart of the drive READY Normal state M4 Gp no faults Active faults FO In the NX frequency converter there are four different types of faults These types differ from each other on the basis of the subsequent behaviour of the drive See Table 7 2 ac gt dai cD Operation hours 4 21 0 VA Uo stor cp VO tern GD Gm de FI Ti Eat 11 Output phase lt gt Operations days type F 17191713 17 symbol Figure 7 7 Fault display Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Fault type symbol Control keypad Meaning Fault Autoreset A This type of fault is a sign of an unusual operating Alarm condition It does not cause the drive to stop nor does it require any special actions The A fault remains in the display for about 30 seconds F An F fault is a kind of fault that makes the drive stop Fault Actions need to be taken in order to restart the drive AR If an AR fault occurs the drive will also stop immediately The fault is reset automatically and the drive tries to restart the motor Finally if the restart is not suc
199. esets all faults 11 Acc dec operation prohibited contact closed Stops acceleration or deceleration until the contact is opened 12 DC braking command contact closed In Stop mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened see Figure 8 9 Applications 3 and 5 13 Motor potentiometer down contact closed Reference decreases until the contact is opened Application 4 13 Preset speed Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 132 Description of parameters Honeywell A Output frequency ID515 Ee t t DIN3 DIN3 RUN STOP NX12K83 STOP NX12K83 b DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode Coasting a DIN3 as DC brake command input and stop mode Ramp Figure 8 9 DIN3 as DC brake command input a Stop mode Ramp b Stop mode coasting 302 Reference offset for current input 12 2 15 2 2 3 0 No offset O 20mA 1 Offset 4 mA living zero provides supervision of zero level signal In Standard Application the response to reference fault can be programmed with parameter ID700 303 Reference scaling minimum value 2346 2 2 4 2 2 16 2 2 2 6 304 Reference scaling maximum value 2346 2 2 5 2 2 17 2 2 2 7 Setting value limits 0 lt par ID303 lt par ID304 lt par ID102 If p
200. esponding parameters of parameter group G2 1 nominal voltage of the motor nominal frequency of the motor nominal speed of the motor nominal current of the motor motor coso All parameters are explained in the Application Manual 9 Follow the commissioning instructions see Chapter 8 10 The NX_ Frequency Converter is now ready for use The Manufacturer is not responsible for the use of the frequency converters outside the instructions provided CONTENTS NX USER S MANUAL Oo ON Oa FW DY gt INDEX SAFETY EU DIRECTIVE RECEIPT OF DELIVERY TECHNICAL DATA INSTALLATION CABLING AND CONNECTIONS CONTROL KEYPAD COMMISSIONING FAULT TRACING NX APPLICATION MANUAL N OO fF WB DN gt BASIC APPLICATION STANDARD APPLICATION LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION MULTI STEP SPEED CONTROL APPLICATION PID CONTROL APPLICATION MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION PUMP AND FAN CONTROL APPLICATION Honeywell 3 94 THE NX FREQUENCY CONVERTER USER S MANUAL AND THE APPLICATION MANUAL The User s Manual will provide the necessary information about the installation commissioning and operation of NX Frequency Converters It is recommended that these instructions are studied before powering up the frequency converter for the first time The Application Manual provides information about the different applications included in the standard frequency converter Should these applications not meet the requirements of the process cont
201. et button on the control keypad or via the I O terminal The faults are stored in the Fault history menu M5 which can be browsed The different fault codes can be found in the table below The fault codes their causes and correcting actions are presented in the table below The shadowed faults are A faults only The items written in white on black background present faults for which you can be program different responses in the application See parameter group Protections Note When contacting distributor because of a fault condition always write down all texts and codes on the keypad display Fault Fault Possible cause Correcting measures code 1 Overcurrent Frequency converter has detected too Check loading Check motor Check cables high a current GA in the motor cable sudden heavy load increase short circuit in motor cables unsuitable motor The DC link voltage has exceeded the limits defined in Table 4 2 too short a deceleration time high overvoltage spikes in supply Current measurement has detected that the sum of motor phase current is not 2 Overvoltage Make the deceleration time longer Use brake chopper or brake resistor available as options Earth fault Check motor cables and motor zero insulation failure in cables or motor Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact your nearest distributor 5 Charging switch The charging switch is open when th
202. eters Honeywell 131 132 Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed Multi step speed eke sel 1 DIN4 sel 2 DIN5 sel 3 DIN6 sel 4 DIN3 Basic speed 0 0 0 0 P2 1 17 3 1 1 0 0 P2 1 18 4 0 0 1 0 P2 1 19 5 1 0 1 0 P2 1 20 6 0 1 1 0 P2 1 21 7 1 1 1 0 Table 8 5 Preset speeds 3 to 7 I O frequency reference selection place B 3 2 1 12 See the values of the parameter ID117 above PID controller D time 57 2 1 14 The parameter ID132 defines the derivation time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value during 1 00 s causes the controller output to change by 10 00 If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PI controller See examples below Example 1 In order to reduce the error value to zero with the given values the frequency converter output behaves as follows Given values Par 2 1 12 P 0 Par 2 1 13 l time 1 00 s Par 2 1 14 D time 0 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 00 Max freq 50 Hz In this example the PID controller operates practically as l controller only According to the given value of parameter 2 1 13 l time the PID output increases by 5 Hz 10 of the difference between the maximum and minimum frequency every second until the error value is 0 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywel
203. f lin a 16 DING Fault reset Contact open no action H 4 Contact closed fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable READY l 19 A01 Analogue output Range 0 20 m i max 5009 pa ee 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector Is50mA U lt 48 VDC NXOPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 Programmable RUN E RUN L___ amp e 23 RO1 24 RO2 SE Relay output 2 Programmable 220 E f 7 25 RO2 FAULT VAC Sie 26 RO2 Table 2 1 Standard application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below j block X3 More information in NX Users mA and CMB grounding Manual Chapter 6 2 2 2 CO CMB connected to GND ee CMA connected to GND CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND e CMB and CMA internally connected together e isolated from GND Factory default Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Standard application Page 13 2 3 Control signal logic in Standard Application 3 2 Keypad reference ECKER 2 1 11 I O Reference eege 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference DMO nan en BEES III 143 1 Control place Bee EE r i oep i Geck Ge tt I KK 7 2
204. f parameters ID107 and ID113 for your converter ype ein Je WC default Dee Ee Nx00095 22 1 0 90 Nx 00385 90 6o 30 EE NX 0168 5 NX 0205 5 336 0 2050 NX 0261 5 360 0 261 0 NX 0300 5 Table 8 2 Size dependent values of parameters ID107 and ID113 108 U f ratio selection 234567 2 6 3 Linear 0 Squared 1 The voltage of the motor changes linearly with the frequency in the constant flux area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is supplied to the motor Linear U f ratio should be used in constant torque applications This default setting should be used if there is no special need for another setting The voltage of the motor changes following a squared curve form with the frequency in the area from 0 Hz to the field weakening point where the nominal voltage is also supplied to the motor The motor runs under magnetised below the field weakening point and produces less torque and electromechanical noise Squared U f ratio can be used in applications where torque demand of the load is proportional to the square of the speed e g in centrifugal fans and pumps Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 120 Description of parameters Honeywell n Default Nominal i i voltage of the
205. ference to the motor See chapter 9 3 CL Acceleration compensation 234567 2 6 12 5 2 6 15 5 Sets the inertia compensation to improve speed response during acceleration and deceleration The time is defined as acceleration time to nominal speed with nominal torque This parameter is active also in advanced open loop mode CL Magnetizing current at start 234567 2 6 12 7 2 6 15 7 CL Magnetizing time at start 234567 2 6 12 8 2 6 15 8 Set here the rise time of magnetizing current AOL U f boost 234567 2 6 13 5 2 6 16 5 Boost voltage at Frequency Limit to increase flux and torque See chapter 9 3 CL Start up torque forward 234567 2 6 13 5 2 6 16 5 Sets the start up torque for forward direction if selected with par 2 6 12 11 CL Start up torque reverse 234567 2 6 13 2 2 6 16 2 Sets the start up torque for reverse direction if selected with par 2 6 12 11 AOL Frequency limit 234567 2 6 13 4 2 6 16 4 Corner frequency for transition to standard U f control The value is given in of motor nominal frequency See chapter 9 3 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 173 636 Minimum frequency for Open Loop torque control 6 2 10 8 Defines the frequency limit below which the frequency conv
206. fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed 320 00 i check suitability for motor and drive system P2 2 Max frequency Par 2 1 Acceleration time 1 3000 0 ee o e Currentlimit Vares Vares A Varies 107 E T Table 8 2 NX2 230V Check the rating plate of oi ag of 480 V NX5 400V the motor NX6 690V Nominal frequency Check the rating plate of Check the rating plate of the motor The default applies for a 4 pole motor and a nominal P27 P2 8 size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of Check the rating plate oF ree fee fin om To er SES P2 11 Start function O Ramp Nominal speed of the motor 1 Flying start 0 Coasting 1 Ramp 2 Ramp Run enable P2 12 Stop function coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp o Not used 0 Sak 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus Current reference 1 1 302 0 No offset O 20mA offset 1 Offset 4mA 20 mA 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Output current 0 Analogue output 1 307 Sg function 5 Motor torque 0 ThMotor 6 Motor power 0 Prmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V P2 14 UO reference 0 3 0 117 0 Not used 1 Ext fault closing cont 2 Ext fault opening cont DIN3 function 7 1 301 3 Run enable cc 4 Run enable oc 5 Force cp to IO Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell L
207. g values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See NX User s Manual Chapter 7 for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequency reference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V15 Motor torque 4 In of Motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated Motor temperature V1 11 Voltage input V 13 Alt V1 12 Current input mA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses v1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 17 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue lout mA 26 AO1 Displays three M1 17 Multimonitoring items selectable monitoring values Table 1 2 Monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Basic application 1 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Parameter i i Default Min frequency NOTE If
208. gh Interlock 1 par 2 2 6 18 the Auxiliary drive 2 control par 2 3 1 28 through Interlock 2 par 2 2 6 19 etc Phases 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 The system and the motor controlled by the frequency converter are started The Auxiliary drive 1 starts when the main drive reaches the starting frequency set par 2 9 2 The main drive decreases speed down to Auxiliary drive 1 Stop frequency par 2 9 3 and starts to rise toward the Start frequency of Auxiliary drive 2 if needed The Auxiliary drive 2 starts when the main drive has reached the starting frequency set par 2 9 4 The Interlock feedback is removed from Aux drive 2 Because the Aux drive 3 is unused it will be started to replace the removed Aux drive 2 The main drive increases speed to maximum because no more auxiliary drives are available The removed Aux drive 2 is reconnected and placed last in the auxiliary drive start order which now is 1 3 2 The main drive decreases speed to the set Stop frequency The auxiliary drive start order will be updated either immediately or in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc according to par 2 9 23 If still more power is needed the main drive speed rises up to the maximum frequency placing 100 of the output power in the system s disposal When the need of power decreases the auxiliary drives turn off in the opposite order 2 3 1 after the update 3 2 1 Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and
209. he PID controller and thus the operation of the PID controller 0 No inversion 1 Inverted 341 PID reference rise time 57 2 2 33 2 2 1 6 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference rises from 0 to 100 342 PID reference fall time 57 2 2 34 2 2 1 7 Defines the time during which the PID controller reference falls from 100 to 0 343 I O B reference selection 57 2 2 5 2 2 1 1 Defines the selected frequency reference place when the drive is controlled from the I O terminal and reference place B is active DIN6 closed 0 All reference terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer Al2 reference terminals 5 and 6 e g transducer Al3 reference Al4 reference Keypad reference parameter R32 Reference from Fieldbus FBSpeedReference Motor potentiometer reference PID controller reference select actual value par ID333 to ID339 and the PID control reference par D332 If value 6 is selected for this parameter in Application 5 the values of parameters ID319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 In Application 7 the functions Motorpotentiometer DOWN and Motorpotentiometer UP must be connected to digital inputs parameters ID417 and ID418 if value 6 is selected for this parameter zl OO Om P whd Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www hone
210. he keypad is detachable and isolated from the input line potential 7 1 Indications on the Keypad display STOAR T ER GER lII uf LALLI N H 000 ready e fault O O W a Figure 7 1 The control keypad and drive status indications 7 1 1 Drive status indications The drive status indications tell the user what the status of the motor and the drive is and whether the motor control software has detected irregularities in motor or frequency converter functions RUN Motor is running Blinks when the stop command has been given but the frequency is still ramping down 9 5 Indicates the direction of motor rotation Indicates that the drive is not running Wa O U 1l Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 54 94 0 READY ALARM Q FAULT Control keypad Honeywell Lights when AC power is on In case of a trip the symbol will not light up Indicates that the drive is running outside a certain limit and a warning is given Indicates that unsafe operating conditions were encountered due to which the drive was stopped 7 1 2 Control place indications The symbols I O term Keypad and Bus Comm see Figure 7 1 indicate the choice of control place made in the Keypad control menu M3 see chapter 7
211. hem using the Browser buttons Additionally the Fault time data record pages see Chapter 7 3 4 3 are accessible at each fault Return to the previous menu anytime by pushing the Menu button left The memory of the frequency converter can store a maximum of 30 faults in the order of appearance The number of faults currently in the fault history is shown on the value line of the main page H1H The order of the faults is indicated by the location indication in the upper left corner of the display The latest fault carries the indication F5 1 the second latest F5 2 etc If there are 30 uncleared faults in the memory the next occurring fault will erase the oldest from the memory Pressing the Enter button for about 2 to 3 seconds resets the whole fault history Then the symbol H will change to 0 i GEES 5 ChargeSwitch Operation hours VA SH READY MS lt p HS a TS LE Fault history 11 Output phase lt P Operation days H1 gt H3 T1 gt T7 17 PUSH to reset Figure 7 8 Fault history menu Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell 7 3 6 System menu M6 The System menu can be entered from the main menu by pushing the right arrow menu button when the location indication M6
212. hermistor connection If thermistor input of the option board is not in use it has to be short circuited Contact your nearest distributor Ensure that there is another device on the bus with the same configuration Change control units Reset Note No fault time data record Reset Note No fault time data record Reset Note No fault time data record Contact your nearest distributor Check loading Check motor size Set the deceleration time longer Use external brake resistor Check encoder channel connections Check the encoder board 63 2600 www honeywell com Control keypad Analogue input Current at the analogue input is lt 4mA lin lt 4mMA control cable is broken or loose selected signal signal source has failed range 4 to 20 mA External fault Keypad commu nication fault Fieldbus fault Digital input fault The connection between the control key pad and the freq converter is broken The data connection between the fieldbus Master and the fieldbus board is broken Slot fault Defective option board or slot Table 7 3 Fault codes 7 3 4 3 Fault time data record Honeywell Check the current loop circuitry Check keypad connection and possible keypad cable Check installation If installation is correct contact your nearest distributor Check board and slot Contact your nearest distributor When a fault occurs the information described above in 7 3 4 is displa
213. ication does not provide any parameters for choosing the response function or limit values for the faults The motor thermal protection is explained in more detail on page 176 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 6 1 2 Control I O Reference potentiometer Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 oe ee ee a D at Slemieeste Basic application Honeywell NXOPTA1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10Vier Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference BE 0 10V DC 3 Al1 UO Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 38 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for swi
214. ich makes the EMC requirements of customers different As far as the immunity is concerned all NX frequency converters are designed to fulfil even the strictest requirements while as regards the emission level the customer may want to upgrade the NX s already high ability to filter electro magnetic disturbances 2 2 3 NX frequency converter EMC classification The NX frequency converters are divided into three classes according to the level of electromagnetic disturbances emitted There is no difference in the functions or the control electronics between these classes but their EMC properties vary as follows Class H All NX frequency converters have been designed to fulfil the requirements of the product standard EN 61800 3 A11 for the 1st environment restricted distribution and the 2nd environment The emission levels correspond to the requirements of EN 61000 6 4 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Receipt of delivery 9 94 Class T The T class converters have a small earth current and can be used with IT supplies only If they are used with other supplies no EMC requirements are complied with Class N The drives of this class do not provide EMC emission protection This kind of drives are mounted in enclosures All NX frequency converters fulfil all
215. imited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Basic application Honeywell 6 Force cp to keypad 7 Force cp to fieldbus Presetspeed1 0 00 Par 2 1 2 Hz 0 00 105 Speeds preset by operator Presetspeed2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 50 00 106 Speeds preset by operator 0 Disabled Table 1 3 Basic parameters G2 1 1 4 3 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the NX User s Manual Parameter Default I O terminal Control place Se Keypad E Fieldbus Keypad reference Direction on Rao IST request activated keypad from the panel 0 Limited function of Stop button Stop button 1 Stop button always enabled Table 1 4 Keypad control parameters M3 1 4 4 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 7 3 6 in the NX User s Manual 1 4 5 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 7 3 7 in the NX User s Manual Automation a
216. in Table 6 24 Torque control parameters G2 10 6 5 12 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the NX User s Manual Parameter Default 0 1 0 terminal Control place 125 1 Keypad i Direction ae 123 Sech Forward keypad 1 Reverse 0 Limited function of Stop button SE 1 Stop button always DEE Torque reference 0 0 1000 00 Table 6 25 Keypad control parameters M3 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 90 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 13 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 7 3 6 in the NX User s Manual 6 5 14 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 7 3 7 in the NX User s Manual Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55
217. in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 68 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 2 Control I O Reference potentiometer NXOPTA1 Terminal Signal Description g ere Soo 1 10Vrer Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 0 10V DC lL 3 Al1 UO Ground Ground for reference and controls 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A Bag 7 GND IO ground Ground for reference and controls Ke inea 8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable gt a 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse ee Ne programmable a 10 DIN3 Fault reset Contact closed fault reset o ES SSS programmable 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V pees SSS 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 Poo eH 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls a ra e 14 DIN4 SE See
218. ing to the frequency converter nominal OUTPUT current which can be found on the rating plate Dimensioning according to the output current is recommended because the frequency converter input current never significantly exceeds the output current Installation of cables according to UL regulations is presented in Chapter 6 1 3 Table 6 2 shows the minimum dimensions of the Cu cables and the corresponding GG GL fuse sizes The dimensions of the fuses in the table have been given taking their function as a cable overload protection into account If the motor temperature protection of the drive see the Application Manual is used as an overload protection the cable shall be chosen accordingly If three or more cables are used in parallel for bigger units each cable requires a separate overload protection These instructions apply only to cases with one motor and one cable connection from the frequency converter to the motor In any other case ask the factory for more information 6 1 1 1 Mains cable Mains cables for different EMC levels in Table 6 1 6 1 1 2 Motor cable Motor cables for different EMC levels in Table 6 1 A cable entry flange should be used when installing the motor cable at both ends in order to reach the EMC levels Note The EMC requirements are fulfilled at factory defaults of switching frequencies all frames 6 1 1 3 Control cable For information on control cables see Chapter 6 2 1 1 and Table 6 1 Cable type
219. ion supervision Temperature limit 0 1 P2 3 3 20 Torque limit supervision 0 P2 3 3 21 Motor thermal protection P2 3 3 22 Analogue input supervision limit P2 3 3 23 Motor regulator activation P2 3 3 24 Fieldbus input data 1 Fieldbus input data 2 P2 3 3 26 Fieldbus input data 3 Table 6 13 Digital output signals G2 3 3 Be ABSOLUTELY sure not to connect two functions to one and same output in order to avoid function overruns and to WARNING ensure flawless operation Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 81 6 5 4 4 Limit settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 4 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note O No limit P2341 Output frequency 1 Low limit supervision Peso limit 1 supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Output frequency P2 3 4 2 limit 1 Supervised value 0 No limit Output frequency 1 Low limit supervision P2 3 4 3 2 High limit supervision limit 2 supervision 3 Brake off control 4 Brake on off control Output frequency Par P2 3 4 4 limit 2 S Hz 347 2 1 2 Supervised value 0 Not used Torque limit 1 Low limit supervision RAAS supervision 2 3 0 348 2 High limit supervision Ee control supervision value EZ u
220. ion 2 16 Reference limit supervision 17 External brake control Appl 3456 18 Control from I O terminals Appl 3456 19 Frequency converter temperature limit Supervision Appl 3456 20 Unrequested rotation direction Appl 345 20 Reference inverted Appl 6 21 External brake control inverted Appl 3456 22 Thermistor fault or warning Appl 3456 23 Fieldbus input data Application 5 23 On Off control Application 6 24 Fieldbus input data 1 Application 6 25 Fieldbus input data 2 Application 6 26 Fieldbus input data 3 Application 6 Description of parameters Honeywell The thermistor input of option board indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on par ID732 The motor torque goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par ID348 and ID349 Fieldbus input data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Active reference goes beyond the set supervision low limit high limit par ID350 and ID351 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay par ID352 and ID353 External control mode Menu M3 ID125 Frequency converter heatsink temperature goes beyond the set supervision limits par D354 and ID355 Rotation direction is different from the requested one External brake ON OFF control par ID352 and ID353 Output active when brake control is OFF The thermistor input of option board indicates overtemperature Fault or warning depending on pa
221. ions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 MIV Table 4 1 Multi step speed control application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below NX User s More information in Manual Chapter 6 2 2 2 429 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND ee CMB isolated from GND e e CMA isolated from GND K CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND Factory default 63 2600 www honeywell com Page 40 Multi step speed control application Honeywell 4 3 Control signal logic in Multi Step Speed Control Application 3 2 Keypad reference 2 1 11 I O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 4 2 1 13 Fieldbus Ctrl Reference 2 1 15 Preset Speed 1 2 1 29 Preset Speed 15 DINS i 2 1 14 Jogging speed reference DIN4 l d E Sees keete Eieren DIN5 Bee ee EE E eerie eee DINGGSC Se pe SSS SS SS a ail 3 1 Control place Internal frequency l l I I i 1 l j i SJ reference m i i I li i i i L Reset butto Start Stop buttons H Start Stop from fieldbus H e Direction from fieldbus H DIN e SE Programmable Stari Siop Internal Start Stop programmable Start Stop and DIN2 gt 4 reverse logic Reverse Reference from fieldbus S
222. is parameter 0 Disabled 1 Enabled The function resets the following faults max three times see NX User s Manual Chapter 9 e Overcurrent F1 e Overvoltage F2 e Undervoltage F9 e Frequency converter overtemperature F14 e Motor overtemperature F16 e Reference fault F50 e External fault F51 732 Response to thermistor fault 234567 2 7 21 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection 733 Response to fieldbus fault 234567 2 7 22 Set here the response mode for the fieldbus fault if a fieldbus board is used For more information see the respective Fieldbus Board Manual See parameter ID732 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 182 Description of parameters Honeywell 734 Response to slot fault 234567 2 7 23 Set here the response mode for a board slot fault due to missing or broken board See parameter ID732 738 Automatic restart Number of tries after underload fault trip This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 0 No automatic restart after Underload fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts afte
223. is visible on the display The controls associated with the general use of the frequency converter such as application selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software are located under the System menu The number of submenus and sub pages is shown with the symbol S or P on the value line On page 71 is a list of the functions available in the System menu Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad Functions in the System menu Function i i Default Selections English Deutsch S6 1 Language selection English Suomi Svenska Italiano Basic Application Standard Application Local Remote control Appl Multi Step Application PID Control Application Multi Purpose Control Appl Pump and Fan Control Appl 6 2 Application selection Application 6 3 Copy parameters Load set 1 S6 3 1 Parameter sets Store set 2 Load set 2 Load factory defaults 6 3 2 Load up to keypad All parameters S6 4 o a S6 5 SS 65 1 Password a CS uau Change Change Enabled die ee M Enabled Wal Change Disabled No reer Change Enabled 6 6 Keypad settings Defaultpage Default page ee te Timeout time a e a aaa pason ime Awas ssp ma fd Hardware settings Internal brake Ses oo conn
224. king during ramp stop DC braking time 0 SCH Flux braking current acta ef eg Table 3 6 Drive control parameters G2 4 P2 4 9 P2 4 10 3 4 6 Prohibit Geseis parameters eier keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Default Prohibit frequency par 2 5 2 range 1 low limit Prohibit frequency p Prohibit frequency par 2 5 2 Hz i range 2 low limit Prohibit ig iere 320 00 Hz 512 O Prohibit range 2 is off range 2 high limit Prohibit frequency Prohibit frequency 320 00 Hz 514 0 Prohibit range 3 is off range 3 high limit ramp Table 3 7 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 34 Local Remote control application Honeywell 3 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt Ges Code Parameter Max Unit Default Cust Note 0 Ea control 1 Ea control Additionally for NXP 2 Torque control Motor control mode 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 5 Adv open loop freq control 6 Advanced open loop speed control P2 6 1 a 0 Not used 0 Linear 1 Squared P2 6 3 U f ratio selection Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim paa FOSS aoo aooo we saoo ee ee ee U f curve midpoint par U f curve midpoint ee X Unmot P2 6 7 tie 10
225. l Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 125 PID output Error value NX12k70 Figure 8 3 PID controller function as controller Example 2 Given values Par 2 1 12 P 100 Par 2 1 13 I time 1 00 s Par 2 1 14 D time 1 00 s Min freq 0 Hz Error value setpoint process value 10 Max freq 50 Hz As the power is switched on the system detects the difference between the setpoint and the actual process value and starts to either raise or decrease in case the error value is negative the PID output according to the I time Once the difference between the setpoint and the process value has been reduced to 0 the output is reduced by the amount corresponding to the value of parameter 2 1 13 In case the error value is negative the frequency converter reacts reducing the output correspondingly See Figure 8 4 PID output Error value P part 5 Hz E Error 10 Error 10 NX12k69 Figure 8 4 PID output curve with the values of Example 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 126 Description of parameters Honeywell Example 3 Given values Par 2 1 12
226. l Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Standard application Page 15 2 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max ont Default Cust Note P2 1 1 Min frequency 0 00 Par 2 1 2 0 00 Ti NOTE If fmax gt than the motor synchronous speed Max frequency Par 2 1 1 320 00 50 00 check suitability for motor and drive system 30000 s 30 mr Deceleration time 1 Current limit Varies Vares A Vares 107 See Table 8 2 NX2 230V Nominal voltage of 180 v NX5 400V 110 the motor NXG 690V Nominal frequency 30 00 320 00 00 50 00 111 Check the rating plate of of the motor the motor Nominal speedo The default applies for a 4 ihe pili 20 000 1440 112 pole motor and a nominal size frequency converter Nominal current of Check the rating plate of epee 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 Keypad control 1 Al2 reference 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Keypad 3 Fieldbus P2 1 3 I O reference Fieldbus control reference Presetspeed1 0 00 Par 2 1 2 10 00 105 Seeds asset onor Presetspeed2 0 00 Par 2 1 2 50 00 106 degen y OP Table 2 3 Basic parameters G2 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 554
227. l torque nominal torque of the unit V1 6 Motor power Calculated actual power nominal power of the unit V1 7 Motor voltage V Calculated motor voltage V1 8 DC link voltage V Measured DC link voltage v19 Unit temperature F Heat sink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Voltage input V Al V1 12 Current input mA Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING Digital input statuses V1 15 DO1 RO1 RO2 Digital and relay output statuses V1 16 Analogue output current mA AO Table 7 1 Monitored signals Note Other applications may embody more monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell 7 3 2 Parameter menu M2 Parameters are the way of conveying the commands of the user to the frequency converter The parameter values can be edited by entering the Parameter Menu from the Main Menu when the location indication M2 is visible on the first line of the display The value editing procedure is presented in Figure 7 5 Push the right arrow menu button once to move into the Parameter Group Menu G Locate the parameter group desired by using the Browser buttons and push the HYPERLINK N menubuttonright right arrow menu butt
228. led in slots A and B The next pages show the arrangement of the control I O and the relay terminals of the two basic boards the general wiring diagram and the control signal descriptions The control board can be powered externally 24V by connecting the external power source to the bidirectional terminal 6 see page 50 This voltage is sufficient for parameter setting and for keeping the fieldbus active Note If the 24V inputs of several frequency converters are parallelly connected we recommend to use a diode in terminal 6 in order to avoid the current to flow in opposite direction This might damage the control board See picture below K 6 7 6 7 op 7 o 7 V V M JN nk6_17 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 48 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell 6 2 1 Control connections The basic control connections for boards A1 and A3 are shown in Chapter 6 2 2 The signal descriptions of the Standard Application are presented in Chapter 2 of the Application Manual If some other application is used check the Application Manual for the signal descriptions of the respective application 10Vref__ A Reference A m1 voltage GND A zo Reference W i
229. lengthens the speed response time See chapter 9 2 615 CL Zero speed time at start 234567 2 6 12 9 2 6 15 9 After giving the start command the drive will remain at zero speed for the time defined by this parameter The ramp will be released to follow the set frequency speed reference after this time has elapsed from the instant where the command is given See chapter 9 2 616 CL Zero speed time at stop 234567 2 6 12 10 2 6 15 10 The drive will remain at zero speed with controllers active for the time defined by this parameter after reaching the zero speed when a stop command is given This parameter has no effect if the selected stop function ID506 is Coasting See chapter 9 2 617 CL Current control P gain 234567 2 6 12 17 2 6 15 17 Sets the gain for the current controller This controller is active only in closed loop and advanced open loop modes The controller generates the voltage vector reference to the modulator See chapter 9 2 618 CL Encoder filter time 234567 2 6 12 18 2 6 15 18 Sets the filter time constant for speed measurement The parameter can be used to eliminate encoder signal noise Too high a filter time reduces speed control stability See chapter 9 2 619 CL Slip adjust 234567 2 6 12 6 2 6 15 6 The motor name plate speed is used to calculate the nominal slip This value is used to adjust the voltage of motor when loaded The name plate speed is sometimes a little inaccurate and this paramet
230. liary drives are defined according to the actual value signal See Figure 8 58 Output freq Max freq par 10192 Start freq of the aux drive 2 Start freq of the aux drive 1 par ID1004 par 1D1002 Da Stop freq of the aux b Minimum freq H Stop freq of the aux drive 2 par ID1005 i Actual val par ID101 4 drive 1 par ID1003 i Ciya vaye b Maximum of the Minimum of the actual value actual value start Start stop control of the freq converter gd start Auxiliary drive 1 sto start Auxiliary drive 2 e AE ee Figure 8 58 Example of variable speed drive and two auxiliary drives with bypassed PID controller 1021 Analogue input selection for input pressure measurement 7 2 9 17 1022 Input pressure high limit 7 2 9 18 1023 Input pressure low limit 7 2 9 19 1024 Output pressure drop value 7 2 9 20 In pressure increase stations there may be need for decreasing the output pressure if the input pressure decreases below a certain limit The input pressure measurement which is needed is connected to the analogue input selected with parameter ID1021 See Figure 8 59 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 188 Description of parameters Honeywell NX Input pressure measurement selected wi
231. lication Page 69 6 3 Control signal logic in Multi Purpose Control Application 2 1 11 I O Reference 2 1 12 Keypad Ctrl Reference 2 1 15 Preset Speed 1 2 1 21 Preset Speed 7 i 2 1 14 Jogging speed 1 reference CH L Preset Speed 3 i l DV ee ee le i ee e ae 113 1 Control place L I 1 ia l I l l 1 rif l Al Gi l a SE E Kt rit CES i i i i DIN o KH 8 eee A Internal frequency Q 1 reference DIN E i i 1 i Sre lt i l f I 1 Reset butto Reference from fieldbus Start Stop buttons I I DIN Programmable 1 Internal Start Stop programmable Start Stop and i DIN reverse logic f Start reverse programmable f 3 3 Keypad direction Intemal reverse ail Fault reset input gt 1 Internal fault reset 2 programmable NX12k103 fn8 Figure 6 1 Control signal logic of the Multi purpose Control Application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 70 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle The programming principle of the input and output signals in the Multipurpose Control Application as well as in the Pump and Fan Control Application and partly in the other applications is
232. lip Adjust to get the voltage slightly above the linear U f curve with the motor frequency at about 66 of the nominal motor frequency The Motor Nominal Speed parameter ID112 is critical The Current Limit parameter ID107 controls the available torque linearly in relative to motor nominal current 9 3 Advanced Open Loop parameters ID s 622 to 625 632 635 Select the Advanced Open Loop control mode by setting value 5 or 6 for parameter ID600 The Advanced Open Loop control mode finds similar implementations as the Closed Loop control mode above However the control accuracy of the Closed Loop control mode is higher than that of the Advanced Open Loop control mode EXAMPLE Motor Control Mode 5 Frequency control Advanced open loop and 6 Speed control Advanced open loop The motor is running at current vector control at low frequencies At frequencies above the frequency limit the motor is in frequency control The default current value is 120 at zero frequency Use linear U f curve ID108 120 starting torque should now be possible Sometimes increasing the frequency limit ID635 will improve the run The Frequency limit is the critical point Increase the zero frequency point to get enough current at frequency limit Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com
233. ll com Honeywell 311 Analogue output scale 234567 Description of parameters Scaling factor for analogue output Signal Max value of the signal Output frequency Freq Reference Motor power Motor voltage DC link voltage Pl ref value PI act value 1 PI act value 2 PI error value PI output Max frequency par ID102 Max frequency par ID102 Motor speed Motor nom speed 20 MAR 1xn mMotor Output current Motor nom current 1Xlnmotor Motor torque Motor nom torque 1xXT motor Motor nom power 1XPpmotor 100 xX Unmotor 1000 V 100 x ref value max 100 x actual value max 100 x actual value max 100 x error value max 100 x output max 2 3 6 2 3 5 6 2 3 3 6 Analogue 4 outpu current Page 135 Max value of signal selected by Dau 1 0 NX12K18 Table 8 8 Analogue output scaling Figure 8 15 Analogue output scaling 312 Digital output function 23456 2 3 7 2 3 1 2 313 Relay output 1 function 2345 2 3 8 2 3 1 3 314 Relay output 2 function 2345 2 3 9 Setting value Signal content 0 Not used Out of operation Digital output DO1 sinks the current and programmable relay RO1 RO2 is activated when 1 Ready The frequency converter is ready to operate 2 Run The frequency converter operates motor is running 3 Fault A fault trip has occurred 4 Fault inverted 5 Freq converter overheat warning 6 External fault or warning 7
234. lly in classes FR4 FR6 G Ge GE Ge 67 Sp P671 ep System Menu HW settings gt InternBrakeRes S13S8 P1 gt P4 Connected Qa cp P671 ep P671 lt p InternBrakeRes InternBrakeRes Connected Not conn Figure 7 21 Internal brake resistor connection Fan control P6 7 2 This function allows the control of the frequency converters cooling fan When the power is switched on the fan can be set to run continuously or dependant on the temperature of the unit If the latter function has been selected the fan is switched on automatically when the heat sink temperature reaches 140 F 60 C The fan receives a stop command when the heat sink temperature falls to 131 F 55 C However the fan runs for about a minute after receiving the stop command or switching on the power as well as after changing the value from Continuous to Temperature Note The fan runs always when the drive is in RUN state Enter the edit mode by pushing the right arrow menu button The present mode shown starts to blink Use the Browser buttons to change the fan mode Accept the change with the Enter button or return to the previous level with the eft arrow menu button Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell aa bi EADY P672 cD P672 CD Fan contr
235. logue input supervised value 7 2 3 2 15 The value of the selected analogue input to be supervised by parameter ID373 375 Analogue output offset 67 2 3 5 7 2 3 3 7 Add 100 0 to 100 0 to the analogue output 376 PID sum point reference Place A direct reference 5 2 2 4 Defines which reference source is added to PID controller output if PID controller is used 0 No additional reference Direct PID output value 1 PID output Al1 reference from terminals 2 and 3 e g potentiometer 2 PID output Al2 reference from terminals 4 and 5 e g transducer 3 PID output PID keypad reference 4 PID output Fieldbus reference FBSpeedReference 5 PID output Motor potentiometer reference If value 5 is selected for this parameter the values of parameters ID319 and ID301 are automatically set to 13 See Figure 8 33 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 152 Description of parameters Honeywell Figure 8 33 PID sum point reference Note The maximum and minimum limits illustrated in the picture limit only the PID output no other outputs 377 Al1 signal selection 234567 2 2 8 2 2 3 2 2 15 2 2 2 1 Connect the Al1 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information about the TTF programming method see chapter 6 4
236. low which the capacity used must remain so that the autochange can take place This level is defined as follows e If the number of running auxiliary drives is smaller than the value of parameter ID1030 the autochange function can take place e Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter ID1030 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter ID1031 the autochange can take place e Ifthe value of parameter ID1031 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter ID1030 Output frequency Autochange moment Par 1ID1030 1 Max number of auxiliary drives Par ID1031 Autochange level frequency Par ID1029 i Par ID1029 Autochange interval i Autochange interval Aux drive 1 control Aux drive 2 control NX12k98 fh3 Figure 8 64 Autochange interval and limits Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 192 Description of parameters Honeywell 1032 Interlock selection 7 2 9 23 With this parameter you can activate or deactivate the feedback signal from the drives The interlock feedback signals come from the switches that connect the motors to the automatic control frequency converter
237. ltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury The control unit is isolated from the potential The motor terminals U V W and the DC link brake resistor terminals are live when the NX is connected to mains even if the motor is not running ER The control I O terminals are isolated from the mains potential However the relay outputs and other I O terminals may have a dangerous control voltage present even when the NX is disconnected from mains WARNING A The frequency converter has a large capacitive leakage current If the frequency converter is used as a part of a machine the machine manufacturer is responsible for providing the machine with a main switch EN 60204 1 6 Only spare parts delivered by Honeywell can be used 1 2 Safety instructions Cl The NX frequency converter is meant for fixed installations only Do not perform any measurements when the frequency converter is connected to the mains After disconnecting the frequency converter from the mains wait until the fan stops and the indicators on the keypad extinguish if no keypad is attached see the indicators on the cover Wait 5 more minutes before doing any work on the NX connections Do not even open the cover before this time has expired result in damage to the frequency converter i eo motor cable from the frequency converter RE alae may damage the components frequency converter front and cable covers are closed Do not p
238. maximum 7 2 9 30 1035 Actual value special display decimals 7 2 9 31 With these parameters the minimum and maximum values as well as the number of decimals of the actual value special display ca be set Find the actual value display in menu M1 Monitoring values gpa READY P2223 Specl Displ Min Actual value min max 0 00 Number of decimals Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 193 8 1 Keypad control parameters Unlike the parameters listed above these parameters are located in the M3 menu of the control keypad The reference parameters do not have an ID number 114 Stop button activated 3 4 3 6 If you wish to make the Stop button a hotspot which always stops the drive regardless of the selected control place give this parameter the value 1 See also parameter ID125 125 Control Place 3 1 The active control place can be changed with this parameter For more information see NX User s Manual Chapter 7 3 3 1 Pushing the Start button for 3 seconds selects the control keypad as the active control place and copies the Run status information Run Stop direction and reference 123 Keypad Direction 3 3 0 Forward The rotation of the motor is forward when the keypad is the active cont
239. menu 7 4 Further keypad functions The NX control keypad embodies additional application related functions See the NX Application Package for more information Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 88 94 Commissioning Honeywell 8 COMMISSIONING 8 1 Safety Before commissioning note the following directions and warnings Internal components and circuit boards of the frequency converter except for the galvanically isolated I O terminals are live when the NX is connected to mains potential Coming into contact with this voltage is extremely dangerous and may cause death or severe injury The motor terminals U V W and the DC link brake resistor terminals are live when the NX is connected to mains even if the motor is not running The control I O terminals are isolated from the mains potential However the relay outputs and other I O terminals may have a dangerous control voltage present even when the NX is disconnected from mains Do not make any connections with the frequency converter connected to the mains After having disconnected the frequency converter from the mains wait until the fan stops and the indicators on the keypad go out if no keypad is attached see the indicator through the keypad base Wait 5 more minutes before doing any work on the
240. menu M7 The Expander board menu makes it possible for the user 1 to see what expander boards are connected to the control board and 2 to reach and edit the parameters associated with the expander board Enter the following menu level G with the right arrow menu button At this level the user can browse through slots see page 47 A to E with the Browser buttons to see what expander boards are connected The lowermost line of the display shows the number of parameters associated with the board It is possible to view and edit the parameter values in the same way as described in chapter 7 3 2 See Table 7 11 and Figure 7 27 Expander board parameters Parameter i Selections 1 0 20 mA 2 4 20 mA Al1 mode 3 0 10 V 4 2 10 V 5 10 10 V P7 1 1 2 Al2 mode 1 5 1 See P7 1 1 1 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad Table 7 11 Expander board parameters board NXOPTA7 bi cp bi cP ec Voter D NXOPTC2 Monitor G13G2 gt VK AER PREADY Hi Expander boards Lab C NXOPTC1 lt gt Parameters Gi93G5 a Gen EIN CHANGE VALUE Slave address gt Slave address 126 CONFIRM CHANGE cay Oter Baud rate Auto Figure 7 27 Expander board information
241. menu Push the right arrow menu button to enter the edit mode Use the Browser buttons to select either the option All parameters or Application parameters and press the Enter button Wait until OK appears on the display The procedure to download the parameters from keypad to drive is similar to that of from drive to keypad See above Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell Automatic parameter backup P6 3 4 On this page the user can activate or inactivate the parameter backup function Enter the edit mode by pressing the right arrow menu button Choose Yes or No with the Browser buttons When the Parameter backup function is activated the NX control keypad makes a copy of the parameters of the presently used application When applications are changed the user will be asked if they wish the parameters of the new application to be uploaded to the keypad For this to happen push the Enter button If a copy is required of the parameters of the previously used application saved in the keypad push any other button The user will be able to download these parameters to the drive following the instructions given in chapter 7 3 6 3 If the user wants the parameters of the new application to be automatically uploaded to the keypad this will have
242. meter values available in the respective application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 134 Description of parameters Honeywell 308 Analogue output filter time 234567 2 3 3 2 3 5 3 2 3 3 3 Defines the filtering time of the analogue output signal Setting this parameter value 0 will Unfiltered signal deactivate filtering t s gt NX12K16 Figure 8 13 Analogue output filtering 309 Analogue output inversion 234567 2 3 4 2 3 5 4 2 3 3 4 Inverts the anal tput signal erts ea alogue ou pu sig a Analog 4 output current Maximum output signal Minimum set value sg a z 20 MA Minimum output signal Maximum set value i See parameter ID311 below Max value of signal iselected with ID307 gt NX12K17 Figure 8 14 Analogue output invert 310 Analogue output minimum 234567 2 3 5 2 3 5 5 2 3 3 5 Defines the signal minimum to either 0 mA or 4 mA living zero Note the difference in analogue output scaling in parameter ID311 Figure 8 15 0 Set minimum value to 0 mA 1 Set minimum value to 4 mA Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywe
243. meters Control keypad Menu M2 gt Gei Parameter i i Default 0 Linear 0 Linear 3000 0 Hr bes 3000 0 CS D E oo 0 Disabled 1 Used when running 2 External brake chopper Brake chopper 504 3 Used when stopped running 4 Used when running no testing 0 Be 0 Coasting 1 Ramp Stop function 2 Ramp Run enable coast 3 Coast Run enable ramp DC braking current DC Bee time 600 00 00 am o 0 DC brake is off at stop brake is off at 0 DC brake is off at stop at Bee Frequency to start DC braking during 10 00 ramp stop DC braking time 600 00 00 ae 0 0 DC brake is ofat start brake i 0 DC brake is ofat start off at start at start ae Off Flux braking F men o ee a a E Table 6 18 Drive control parameters G2 4 6 5 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 Parameter Default paee on 2 w om Tom onam ss aap Hz 000 sio omnotusea Frengo2iowint mm zga Hz o00 fen omnotusea Prohibit frequency Par Prohibit frequency Par Prohibit frequency Par ramp Table 6 19 Prohibit frequency parameters G2 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi purpose control application Page 85 6 5 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6
244. mited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 12 Standard application Honeywell 2 2 Control I O NXOPTA1 Terminal Signal Description oe ___ 1 ie Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc r 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference IL 0 10V DC 3 Al1 UO Ground Ground for reference and controls Ae Pee yee 4 Al2 Analogue input current range Current input frequency reference 5 Al2 0 20mA EE 6 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches etc max 0 1 A 7 GND IO ground Ground for reference and controls oe SS eeeg 8 DIN Start forward Contact closed start forward programmable ee 9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed start reverse em SSS programmable a 10 DIN3 External fault input Contact open no fault ba ee ee programmable Contact closed fault 11 CMA Common for DIN 1 DIN 3 Connect to GND or 24V 12 24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches see 6 p fore 13 GND UO ground Ground for reference and controls H _14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref Uin es Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Ka hn Open Closed Multi step ref 2 Closed Closed Re
245. motor cable from terminals L1 L2 and L3 of the frequency converter and from the mains Measure the insulation resistance of the motor cable between each phase conductor as well as between each phase conductor and the protective ground conductor The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ 3 Motor insulation checks Disconnect the motor cable from the motor and open the bridging connections in the motor connection box Measure the insulation resistance of each motor winding The measurement voltage must equal at least the motor nominal voltage but not exceed 1000 V The insulation resistance must be gt 1MQ Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 47 94 6 2 Control unit The control unit of the frequency converter consists roughly of the control board and additional boards see Figure 6 17 and Figure 6 16 connected to the five slot connectors A to E of the control board The control board is connected to the power unit through a D connector 1 Figure 6 17 NX control board Figure 6 18 Basic and option board connections on the control board When the frequency converter is delivered from the factory the control unit includes at least the standard compilation of two basic boards I O board and relay board which are normally instal
246. motor cables and motor Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact your nearest distributor In case of temporary supply voltage break reset the faultand restart the frequency converter Check the supply voltage If it is adequate an internal failure has occurred Contact your nearest distributor Check supply voltage and cable Check motor cable and motor Check brake resistor If the resistor is ok the chopper is faulty Contact your nearest distributor 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad 13 Frequency Heatsink temperature is under 50 F converter under 10 C temperature 14 Frequency Heatsink temperature is over 194 F converter over 90 C temperature Overtemperature warning is issued when the heatsink temperature exceeds 185 F 85 C Motor stalled Motor Motor stall protection has tripped Motor overheating has been detected by overtemperature frequency converter motor temperature model Motor is overloaded Check the correct amount and flow of cooling air Check the heatsink for dust Check the ambient temperature Make sure that the switching frequency is not too high in relation to ambient temperature and motor load Check motor Decrease the motor load If no motor overload exists check the temperature model parameters Motor underload Motor underload protection has tripped 22 EEPROM Parameter save fault 23 check
247. motor pigg weakening Squared efault Nominal f Hz gt l l S Linear I l l NX12K07 Figure 8 1 Linear and squared change of motor voltage Programmable U f curve 2 The U f curve can be programmed with three different points Programmable U f curve can be used if the other settings do not satisfy the needs of the application ID605 Def 10 Default Nominal voltage of the motor Field weakening point Default Nominal ID606 frequency of the motor Def 1 3 d d ID602 NX12K08 Def 5 Hz Figure 8 2 Programmable U f curve Linear with flux optimisation 3 The frequency converter starts to search for the minimum motor current in order to save energy lower the disturbance level and the noise This function can be used in applications with constant motor load such as fans pumps etc 109 U f optimisation 2 13 2 6 2 Automatic torque boost The voltage to the motor changes automatically which makes the motor produce sufficient torque to start and run at low frequencies The voltage increase depends on the motor type and power Automatic torque boost can be used in applications where starting torque due to starting friction is high e g in conveyors Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ont
248. n Honeywell 2 4 8 Protections Ee Gig Menu M2 gt G2 7 Code P2 7 1 P2 7 2 P2 7 3 P2 7 4 P2 7 5 P2 7 6 P2 7 7 P2 7 8 P2 7 9 P2 7 10 P2 7 11 P2 7 12 Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Warning Previous Freq 3 Wrng PresetFreq 2 7 2 4 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 5 Fault stop by coasting Response to 4mA reference fault 4mA reference fault frequenc RRE e external fault Pe a a supervision 0 No response fescue RES a 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 supervision Earth fault protection O 3 2 73 i of the motor temperatretenior 1000 100 oo f o temperature factor e eo wo gt wo fmf at zero speed dd constant 100 100 Motor duty cycle 0 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall time limit 120 00 Eke 1500 m oS 0 No response 1 Warning Underload protection 3 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Field weakening 10 150 50 714 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 1500 100 745 i Underload 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to Response isiat 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 fault Stall protection Table 2 9 Protections G2 7 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN
249. n Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 60 PID control application Honeywell 5 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 3 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note Analogue output 1 TTF programming method P2 3 1 3 Ai signal selection used See page 70 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O Tnmotor 0 13 1 307 6 Motor power O Pnwotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt 0O 1000V 9 PID controller ref value 10 PID contr act value 1 11 PID contr act value 2 12 PID contr error value 13 PID controller output 308 o Nofiterng inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 0 0 mA El ES Analogue output R232 function 0 Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning 7 Ref fault or warning 8 Warning 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 Digital output 1 11 At speed function 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit superv 1 14 OP freq limit superv 2 15 Torque limit superv 16 Ref limit supervision 17 External brake control 18 Control place IO 19 FC temp limit superv 20 Unrequested direction 21 Ext brake control inv 22 Thermistor fault warn 23 Fieldbus input data Relay output 1 As parameter 2 3 7 be ae 314 As parameter 2 3 7 function Automation and Control
250. nd Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Application Manual Standard Application NX series Constant and variable torque Variable Speed Drives for induction motors Honeywell Standard application Page 11 2 Standard Application 2 1 Introduction Select the Standard Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 The Standard Application is typically used in pump and fan applications and conveyors for which the Basic Application is too limited but where no special features are needed e The Standard Application has the same I O signals and the same control logic as the Basic Application e Digital input DIN3 and all the outputs are freely programmable Additional functions Programmable Start Stop and Reverse signal logic Reference scaling One frequency limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable start and stop functions DC brake at stop One prohibit frequency area Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection Programmable action off warning fault The parameters of the Standard Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Li
251. ne auxiliary drive Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 184 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 Description of parameters Honeywell Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 1 7 2 9 12 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 2 7 2 9 13 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 3 7 2 9 14 Reference step after start of auxiliary drive 4 7 2 9 15 The reference step will be automatically added to the reference value always when the corresponding auxiliary drive is started With the reference steps e g the pressure loss in the piping caused by the increased flow can be compensated See Figure 8 55 Reference for Pl controller Reference step 3 par ID1014 Reference step 2 N par ID1013 Reference step 1 par 1D1012 Reference analogue input Aux drive 1 Aux drive 2 Aux drive 3 NX12k90 Figure 8 55 Reference steps after starting auxiliary drives Sleep frequency 57 2 1 15 The frequency converter is stopped automatically if the frequency of the drive falls below the Sleep level defined with this parameter for a time greater than that determined by parameter ID1017 During the Stop state the PID controller is operating switching the frequency converter to Run state wh
252. nebaceded coasadagediendes E 47 6 2 1 Control CONNECTIONS EE 48 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4z9 www honeywell com Honeywell 5 94 Lea E ee IEN 49 Ce EC Galvanic E ten BEE 49 622 2 Ee EE 50 6 2 2 1 Digital input signal NVErSiONS oe ceecnceead cdsccesseds REESEN EEE cen EE EEN EENS EE See cence 51 6 2 2 2 Jumper selections on the NXOPTA1 basic board 2 0 0 cecccccccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeea 51 T CONTROL KEYPAD eege 53 7 1 INDICATIONS ON THE KEYPAD DISPLAY n ssnnesnnssnnssnrrsrirorrrorrrorrrrrrirerrrenrrerrrerrrenrrenrrenrrerrrorrronrroerrrent 53 Fidel Drive Status INGICAUONS enge Seege egene dat Eege ee E A E a eene dee 53 7 1 2 Control place mdicatons 54 7 1 3 Status LEDS green green red EE 54 Et 55 2 KEYPAD PUSH BUTTONS peirin erno Gere rev edet Det festge besveds i Guus wana Deet oder Govt ay ouavenea Se 56 F 2d Button OGSCHDLONS EE 56 7 3 NAVIGATION ON THE CONTROL KEYPAD orriren i terrre rrr rtre rre rrro nro Erro Error rro anre nenene 57 T31 Mo itornng Menu MI cs secs sins eRe a ae asin eS a e Rev a et cana ai a ane eves aie et 59 LE Parameter ment EE 60 1 3 3 Keypad control menu heeten E lara May des ene T TA 62 Zil Sele tion of control places a eh EEN eebe T EE EET 62 7 3 3 2 Keypad RN 63 P38 Keypad dre CUON aset ee Eed EE
253. neywell com 30 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell 5 4 Changing EMC protection class from H to T The EMC protection level of NX frequency converters can be changed from class H to class T with a simple procedure presented in the following figures Note After having performed the change check EMC Level modified on the sticker included in the NX delivery see below and note the date Unless already done attach the sticker on the side of the frequency converter Drive modified Option board NXOPT Dee inslot A B C DE O IP54 upgrade Collar Bees eege Pg Remove this screw Remove this 4 screw Figure 5 13 Changing of EMC protection class FR4 left and FR5 right FR6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections FR7 Remove this crew ES nd replace with plastie screw Ve a a L n JH d j Y P Remove this screw Figure 5 15 Changing of EMC protection class FR7 FR8 Figure 5 16 Changing of EMC protection class FR8 31 94 NOTE Only a qualified service person may change the EMC protection class of NX FR9 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic
254. nstallations in a switchgear separate cubicle or electrical room the cable protection plate is normally not necessary Place the motor cables sufficiently far from other cables Avoid placing the motor cables in long parallel lines with other cables If the motor cables runs in parallel with other cables note the minimum distances between the motor cables and other cables given in the table below The given distances also apply between the motor cables and signal cables of other systems The maximum length of the motor cables is 328 yd units with power greater than 1 5 kW and 109 yd units with power from 0 75 to 1 5 kW The motor cables should cross other cables at an angle of 90 degrees Distance Shielded between cables cable lin yd 254 7 394 O 4 lt 219 LA If cable insulation checks are needed see Chapter 6 1 4 Continues on the next page Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Cabling and connections 37 94 Connect the cables Strip the motor and mains cables as advised in Table 6 3 and Figure 6 3 Remove the screws of the cable protection plate Do not open the cover of the power unit Make holes into and pass the cables through the rubber grommets on the bottom of the power unit see e g Figure 6 7 Connect the mains m
255. ntrol 1 Speed control Additionally for NXP 2 Torque control Motor control mode 3 Closed loop speed ctrl 4 Closed loop torque ctrl 5 Adv open loop freq control 6 Advanced open loop speed control P2 6 1 ee de 0 Not used 0 Linear P2 6 3 U f ratio selection 1 Squared 2 Programmable 3 Linear with flux optim Se eon eoo Las He sooo et pass Semen rom sono roe pee U f curve midpoint par page eee oa a dE 5000 gg U f curve midpoint n X Unmet P2 6 7 voltage 100 00 100 00 Parameter max value EES 2 6 5 Output voltage at n SS ee LL EZE Lal values 0 Not used 1 Used no ramping 2 Used ramping Undervoltage 0 Not used ee a I Closed Loop parameter group 2 6 12 NXP only P2 6 12 1 Magnetizing current P2 6 12 2 Speed control P gain 0 1000 PER P2 6 12 3_ Speed control I time 08 500 0 ae 3 8 P2 6 124 Load drooping 0 00 100 00 o0 __ 620 rene damm ome oom om ee compensation P2 6 12 6 Slip adjust op 500 00 Magnetizing current MotCurr MotCurr SEN eene e e e P2 6 12 8 Magnetizing time at 600 0 start P2 6 12 9 0 speed time at start 0 32000 ms 100 os P2 6 12 10_ 0 speed time atstop 0 32000 ee o S 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 12 11 Start up torque 3 621 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 12 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 3000 Tse P2 6 12 13_ Start up torque REV 300 0 300 0 s 00 aal P2 6 12
256. o 2 4 7 supervision P2 7 7 Earth fault protection 0 3 i ae P278 Thermal protection of the motor p279 Motor ambient 400 0 100 0 temperature factor at zero speed P2 7 11 Motor thermal time constant 100 100 P2 7 12 Motor duty cycle 0 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall time limit 120 00 Eke 1500 fm oo 0 No response 1 Warning Underload protection 3 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Field weakening 10 150 50 714 area load Zero frequency load 5 0 1500 100 745 i Underload 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to Response isiat 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 fault Table 4 9 Protections G2 7 Stall protection Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi step speed control application Page 51 4 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Se Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 0 50 717 Trial time 0 00 60 00 E 30 00 718 Lee Ramp Start function 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 Mmeo O Jef ae undervoltage trip eeo wp mp overvoltage trip NEEN NENNEN overcurrent trip
257. oa pe ep compensation P2 6 12 6 Slip adjust ee Magnetizing current MotCurr MotCurr P2 6 12 8 Magnetizing time at 600 0 start P2 6 12 9 0 speed time at start 0 32000 as ia ae P2 6 12 10 0 speed time atstop 0 TI 32000 ae See 0 Not used 1 Torque memory P2 6 12 11 Start up torque 3 621 2 Torque reference 3 Start up torque fwd rev P2 6 12 12 Start up torque FWD 300 0 3000 s 00 633 gt P2 6 12 13 Start up torque REV 300 0 3000 s 00 634 gt i P2 6 12 15 Encoder filter time 0 1000 ms 0 618 P gain Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 Overvoltage controller www honeywell com Honeywell Standard application Page 21 Advanced Open Loop parameter group 2 6 13 NXP only Zero speed current op 250 0 1200 65 P2 6 13 2 Minimum current 00 1000 80 0 el P2 6 13 3 Fluxreference 0 0 1000 80 0 en P2 6 13 4 Frequency limit_ 0 0 1000 200 el P2 6 13 5 Uff boost o 41 LL Il dez oo Table 2 8 Motor control parameters G2 6 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 22 Standard applicatio
258. of Motor thermal protection Chapter 9 4 Parameters of Stall protection Chapter 9 5 Parameters of Underload protection Chapter 9 6 Fieldbus control parameters Chapter 9 7 9 1 External brake control with additional limits ID s 315 316 346 to 349 352 353 The external brake used for additional braking can be controlled through parameters ID315 ID316 ID346 to ID349 and ID352 ID353 Selecting On Off Control for the brake defining the frequency or torque limit s the brake should react to and defining the Brake On Off delays will allow an effective brake control See Figure 9 1 Torque limit ID349 Frequency limit Eh 347 H l l l l l l l l START STOP _ Brake off Brake on I I i KR Brake off Brake on delay bday 1353 I I ID352 NX12k115 fh8 Figure 9 1 Brake control with additional limits In Figure 9 1 above the brake control is set to react to both the torque supervision limit par ID349 and frequency supervision limit ID347 Additionally the same frequency limit is used for both brake off and brake on control by giving parameter ID346 the value 4 Use of two different frequency limits is also possible Then parameters ID315 and ID346 must be given the value 3 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell
259. ol gt Fan control Fan control i ih Continuous _ Continuous Temperature Figure 7 22 Fan control function HMI acknowledge timeout P6 7 3 This function allows the user to change the timeout of the HMI acknowledgement time Note If the frequency converter has been connected to the PC with a normal cable the default values of parametres 6 7 3 and 6 7 4 200 and 5 must not be changed If the frequency converter has been connected to the PC via a modem and there is a delay in transferring messages the value of par 6 7 3 must be set according to the delay as follows Example e Transfer delay between the frequency converter and the PC 600 ms e The value of par 6 7 3 is set to 1200 ms 2 x 600 sending delay receiving delay e The corresponding setting shall be entered to the Misc part of the NC Drive ini file Retries 5 AckTimeOut 1200 TimeOut 6000 It must also be considered that intervals that are shorter than the AckTimeOut time cannot be used in NCDrive monitoring Enter the edit mode by pushing the right arrow menu button Use the Browser buttons to change the acknowledgement time Accept the change with the Enter button or return to the previous level with the eft arrow menu button READY ES P673 0D P673 D HMI ACK timeout HMI ACK timeout 200ms 200ms Figure 7 23 HMI acknowledge timeout Number of retries to receive HMI acknowledgement P6 7 4 With this parameter it is
260. om Honeywell Control keypad The HMI control keypad offers the user the possibility to control the frequency converter through the keypad in the language of your choice Locate the language selection page under the System menu Its location indication is 6 1 Press the right arrow menu button once to enter the edit mode As the name of the language starts to blink choose another language for the keypad texts Confirm the selection by pushing the Enter button The blinking stops and all textual information on the keypad is presented in the language chosen Return to the previous menu anytime by pushing the left arrow menu button Ga Gs Mo Gp 1 GER System Menu Language S13S11 English So CD Language Langue A English lt Francais The user can select the application desired by entering the Application selection page S6 2 This is done by pushing the right arrow menu button when on the first page of the System menu Change the application by pushing the right arrow menu button once again The name of the application starts to blink Browse through the applications with the Browser buttons and select another application with the Enter button In this phase the display requests whether the parameters of the new application are to be uploaded to the keypad If so press the Enter button Pushing any other button leaves the parameters of the previously used application saved in the keypad For more information see
261. om fieldbus Start Stop DIN DIN2 3 3 Keypad direction Fault reset input DING Gi DIN3 External fault input programmable Figure 1 1 Control signal logic of the Basic Application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 Start Stop and i reverse logic Start reverse Reverse L LJ 2 19 Preset Speed 2 3 1 Control place Internal frequency reference Reset butto Start Stop buttons Internal Start Stop Internal reverse Internal fault reset NX12k00 fn8 63 2600 www honeywell com Page 8 Basic application Honeywell 1 4 Basic Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 118 to 193 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own setting ID number of the parameter parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 1 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitorin
262. omparing the actual speed received from the tachometer to the speed reference accuracy 0 01 4 Torque crtl closed loop The I O terminal and keypad references are torque references and the frequency converter controls the motor torque 5 Frequency control advanced open loop Frequency control with better performance at lower speeds 6 Speed control advanced open loop Speed control with better performance at lower speeds 601 Switching frequency 234567 2 6 9 Motor noise can be minimised using a high switching frequency Increasing the switching frequency reduces the capacity of the frequency converter unit The range of this parameter depends on the size of the frequency converter Type Min kHz Max kHz Default 0003 0061 NX5 10 0 0072 0300 NX5 1 0 10 0 3 6 Table 8 13 Size dependent switching frequencies 602 Field weakening point 234567 2 6 4 The field weakening point is the output frequency at which the output voltage reaches the set ID603 maximum value Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 170 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 Description of parameters Honeywell Voltage at field weakening point 234567 2 6 5 Above the frequency at the field weakening point the output voltage remains
263. on NXS P 0003 5 to 0300 5 has been designed and manufactured in accordance with the following standards Safety EN50178 1997 EN60204 1 1996 EN 60950 3rd edition 2000 as relevant EMC EN61800 3 1996 A11 2000 EN 61000 6 2 1999 EN 61000 6 4 2001 and conforms to the relevant safety provisions of the Low Voltage Directive 73 23 EEC as amended by the Directive 93 68 EEC and EMC Directive 89 336 EEC It is ensured through internal measures and quality control that the product conforms at all times to the requirements of the current Directive and the relevant standards In Vaasa 13th of February 2002 WW WV Vesa Laisi President The year the CE marking was affixed 2002 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Receipt of shipment 3 RECEIPT OF SHIPMENT The NX frequency converters have undergone rigorous tests and quality checks at the factory before delivery However after unpacking the product check that no signs of transport damages are to be found on the product and that the delivery is complete compare the type designation of the product to the code below Figure 3 1 Should the drive have been damaged during the shipping contact the carrier and or distributor If the delivery does not correspond to your
264. on The stall state is defined with two parameters ID710 Stall current and ID712 Stall frequency limit If the current is higher than the set limit and output frequency is lower than the set limit the stall state is true There is actually no real indication of the shaft rotation Stall protection is a type of overcurrent protection Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 198 Appendices Honeywell 9 6 Parameters of Underload protection ID s 713 to 716 General The purpose of the motor underload protection is to ensure that there is load on the motor when the drive is running If the motor loses its load there might be a problem in the process e g a broken belt or a dry pump Motor underload protection can be adjusted by setting the underload curve with parameters ID714 Field weakening area load and ID715 Zero frequency load see below The underload curve is a squared curve set between the zero frequency and the field weakening point The protection is not active below 5Hz the underload time counter is stopped The torque values for setting the underload curve are set in percentage which refers to the nominal torque of the motor The motor s name plate data parameter motor nominal current and the drive s nominal current are used to find the scaling
265. on board terminals in Table below Terminal Tightening torque screw Nm Ib in Relay and thermistor 05 4 5 terminals screw M3 Other terminals screw M2 6 GE da Table 6 5 Tightening torques of terminals 6 2 1 2 Galvanic isolation barriers The control connections are isolated from the mains potential and the GND terminals are permanently connected to ground See Figure 6 17 The digital inputs are galvanically isolated from the I O ground The relay outputs are additionally double isolated from each other at 300VAC EN 50178 10Vref Gate drivers GND 24V GND Alt Al2 Al2 ate Digital input CMA BIKE Digital input CMB group B Control AO1 Analogue board AQ2 output DO1 RO1 1 RO1 2 RO1 3 RO2 1 RO2 2 RO2 3 Figure 6 22 Galvanic isolation barriers Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 50 94 Cabling and connections 6 2 2 Control terminal signals Terminal Honeywell Technical information N 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 Vref Al1 GND AI1 Al2 GND AI2 24 Vout bidirectional GND DIN DIN DIN3 CMA 24 Vout bidirectional GND DIN4 DINS DIN6 CMB AO1 AO DO gees Reference
266. on once again Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad S64 VOtem ParamComparison P Set1 C13C3 0 READY PREADY H4 556 4 C PiSet1 gt iP2 1 2 50 0 P13P6 20 0 Hz la Gu LOS P2 1 2 50 0 200 HZ CONFIRM CHANGE EDIT VALUE Figure 7 13 Parameter comparison NOTE The Security submenu is protected with a password Store the password in a safe place Password S6 5 1 The application selection can be protected against unauthorised changes with the Password function S6 5 1 By default the password function is not in use To activate the function enter the edit mode by pushing the right arrow menu button A blinking zero appears in the display and a password can be set with the Browser buttons The password can be any number between 1 and 65535 Note The password can be set by digits In the edit mode push the right arrow menu button once again and another zero appears on the display First set the units Push the left arrow menu button and set the tens etc Finally confirm the password setting with the Enter button After this wait until the Timeout time P6 6 3 see page 80 has expired before the password function is activated If the applications or the password itself are changed the system
267. onagain to enter the group and its parameters Use the Browser buttons to find the parameter P to edit From here it is possible to proceed in two different ways Pushing the right arrow menu button goes to the edit mode As a sign of this the parameter value starts to blink The value can now be changed in two different ways 1 Just set the new desired value with the Browser buttons and confirm the change with the Enter button Consequently the blinking stops and the new value is visible in the value field 2 Push the right arrow menu button once again Now it is possible to be able to edit the value digit by digit This editing manner may come in handy when a relatively greater or smaller value than that on the display is desired Confirm the change with the Enter button The value will not change unless the Enter button is pushed Pressing the Jet arrow menu button returns to the previous menu Several parameters are locked i e uneditable when the drive is in RUN status If an attempt is made to edit the value of such a parameter the text Locked will appear on the display The frequency converter must be stopped in order to edit these parameters The parameters values can also be locked using the function in menu M6 see Chapter 7 3 6 5 Return to the Main menu anytime by pressing the left arrow menu button for 1 2 seconds The basic application package includes seven applications with different sets of parameters The paramete
268. or safe installation ensure that the mounting surface is relatively even The frequency converter should be fixed with four screws or bolts depending on the unit size The dimensions of installation are presented in Figure 5 8 and Table 5 8 Lift units bigger than FR7 out of the package using a jib crane Ask the factory or your local distributor for information on how to lift the unit safely Below are the dimensions of the NX frequency converters with NEMA1 enclosure in Figure 5 1 and with NEMA for collar installation in Figure 5 2 and Figure 5 4 The dimensions of the opening needed in collar installation are given in Table 5 3 and Table 5 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Installation Honeywell ey s C fr5ip21 fh8 Figure 5 1 NX dimensions NEMA1 Type Dimensions inch WI W2 H1 H2 H3 D1 EI E2 NXS 0010 0040 B NXS 0015 0075 A 5 04 3 94 12 87 12 32 11 5 748 7 3x1 11 NXS 0100 0200 A 567 3 94 165 15 98 1539 843 7 2x146 1x1 11 NXS 0250 0400 A 7 68 5 83 21 97 21 3 20 43 933 9 3x1 46 NXS 0500 0750
269. order of the auxiliary drives Autochange between 2 drives main drive 1 auxiliary drive is set as default see chapter 7 4 1 e All inputs and outputs are freely programmable Additional functions e Analogue input signal range selection Two frequency limit supervisions Torque limit supervision Reference limit supervision Second ramps and S shape ramp programming Programmable Start Stop and Reverse logic DC brake at start and stop Three prohibit frequency areas Programmable U f curve and switching frequency Autorestart Motor thermal and stall protection fully programmable off warning fault Motor underload protection Input and output phase supervision Sleep function The parameters of the Basic Application are explained in Chapter 8 of this manual The explanations are arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 92 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 2 Control I O PID controller reference val NXOPTA1 Terminal Signal Description 1 10Vier Reference output Voltage for potentiometer etc Oe 2 Al1 Analogue input voltage range Voltage input frequency reference 2 wire 0 10V DC transmitter Actual SE oo 3 Al1 UO Ground Ground for reference and controls Jal SE
270. ormal level 721 Automatic restart Number of tries after overvoltage trip 234567 2 8 5 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 after an overvoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after overvoltage fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overvoltage fault The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the normal level 722 Automatic restart Number of tries after overcurrent trip 234567 2 8 6 NOTE IGBT temp Fault also included This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after overcurrent fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after overcurrent trip saturation trip and IGBT temperature faults 723 Automatic restart Number of tries after reference trip 234567 2 8 7 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 No automatic restart after reference fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after the analogue current signal 4 20 mA has returned to the normal level gt 4 mA 725 Automatic restart Number of tries after external fault trip 234567 2 8 9 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 gt 0 No automatic restart after External fault trip Number of automatic restarts afte
271. otor and control cables into their respective terminals see e g Figure 6 7 For information on the installation of larger units please contact your local distributor For Information on cable installation according to UL regulations see Chapter 6 1 3 Ensure that the control cable wires do not come in contact with the electronic components of the unit If an external brake resistor option is used connect its cable to the appropriate terminal Check the connection of the earth cable to the motor and the frequency converter terminals marked with W Connect the separate shield of the power cable to the earth terminals of the frequency converter motor and the supply centre Attach the cable protection plate with the screws Ensure that the control cables or the cables of the unit are not trapped between the frame and the protection plate Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com 38 94 Cabling and connections Honeywell Earth Earth conductor conductor nk6 141 fh8 Figure 6 3 Stripping of cables Frame A1 B1 C1 D1 A2 B2 C2 D2 FR4 0 591 1 38 0 394 0 787 0 276 1 97 0 276 1 38 FR5 0 787 1 57 0 394 1 18 0 787 2
272. p stalls due to too long running breaks e Apply the Autochange function with parameter 2 9 24 Autochange e The autochange takes place when the time set with parameter 2 9 26 Autochange interval has expired and the capacity used is below the level defined with parameter 2 9 28 Autochange frequency limit e The running drives are stopped and re started according to the new order e External contactors controlled through the relay outputs of the frequency converter connect the drives to the frequency converter or to the mains If the motor controlled by the frequency converter is included in the autochange sequence it is always controlled through the relay output activated first The other relays activated later control the auxiliary drives See Figure 7 5 and Figure 7 6 Parameter 2 9 24 Autochange 0 Autochange not used 1 Autochange used The automatic change of starting and stopping order is activated and applied to either the auxiliary drives only or the auxiliary drives and the drive controlled by the frequency converter depending on the setting of parameter 2 9 25 Automatics selection By default the Autochange is activated for 2 drives See Figure 7 1 and Figure 7 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 96 Pump and fan control application Honeyw
273. peration of the drive Location indication displays the symbol and number of menu parameter etc Example M3 Menu 3 References R1 Reference no 1 Freq reference Description line Displays the description of menu value or fault Value line Displays the numerical and textual values of references parameters etc and the number of submenus available in each menu Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell 7 2 Keypad push buttons The alphanumeric control keypad features 9 push buttons that are used for the control of the frequency converter and motor parameter setting and value monitoring Figure 7 2 Keypad push buttons 7 2 1 Button descriptions This button is used to reset active faults see Chapter 7 3 4 This button is used to switch between two latest displays May be useful to see how the changed new value influences some other value The Enter button serves for 1 confirmation of selections 2 fault history reset 2 3 seconds Browser button up Browse the main menu and the pages of different submenus Edit values Browser button down Browse the main menu and the pages of different submenus Edit values Left arrow menu button Move backward in menu Move cursor left in parameter menu
274. piputon 1 1 114 1 Stop button always enabled Table 3 11 Keypad control parameters M3 3 4 11 System menu Control keypad Menu M6 For parameters and functions related to the general use of the frequency converter such as application and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 7 3 6 in the NX User s Manual 3 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 7 3 7 in the NX User s Manual Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Application Manual Multi step Speed Control Application NX series Page 38 Multi step speed control application Honeywell 4 Multi step Speed Control Application Software ASFIFF04 4 1 Introduction Select the Multi step Speed Control Application in menu M6 on page S6 2 The Multi step Speed Control Application can be used in applications where fixed speeds are needed Totally 15 2 different speeds can be programmed one basic speed 15 multi step speeds and one jogging speed The speed steps are selected with digital signals DIN3 DIN4 DIN5 and DING If jogging speed is used DIN3 can be programmed from
275. pplication and language selection customised parameter sets or information about the hardware and software see Chapter 7 3 6 in the NX User s Manual 7 5 13 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M7 The M7 menu shows the expander and option boards attached to the control board and board related information For more information see Chapter 7 3 7 in the NX User s Manual Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 118 Description of parameters Honeywell 8 Description of parameters On the following pages you will find the parameter descriptions arranged according to the individual ID number of the parameter A shaded parameter ID number e g 418 Motor potentiometer UP indicates that the TTF programming method shall be applied to this parameter see chapter 6 4 Some parameter names are followed by a number code indicating the All in One applications in which the parameter is included If no code is shown the parameter is available in all applications See below The parameter numbers under which the parameter appears in different applications are also given 1 Basic Application 5 PID Control Application 2 Standard Application 6 Multi Purpose Control Application 3 Local Remote Control Application 7 Pump and Fan Control Application 4 Multi Step Speed Control Applic
276. r 6 2 2 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 105 7 5 3 3 Analogue input 2 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 3 Code Parameter Min Max H Unit Default Cust ID Note AG signal selection 0 EE Ee Al2 filter ime 0 00 000 ENEE 0 N0 filtering 0 0 20 mA Al2 signal range 1 4 20 mA ES Customised setting maximum setting Al2 inversion 0 Not inverted Table 7 6 Input signals Analogue input 2 7 5 3 4 Analogue input 3 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 4 Parameter Default AI3 signal selection besen reg P2 2 4 2 Al3 filter time 00 10 00 S 0 10 142 No filtering 0 0 20 mA Al3 signal range 1 4 20 mA mal Customised AI3 custom minimum 100 00 100 00 00 setting maximum setting Al3 inversion 0 Not inverted Table 7 7 Input signals Analogue input 3 7 5 3 5 Analogue input 4 Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 5 Parameter Default AH signal selection as ee ee ae Al4 filter time 0 00 000 a E 0 No filtering 0 0 20 mA Al4 signal range 154 1 4 20 mA 2 Customised Al4 custom minimum 100 00 100 00 00 155 setting Al4 custom 0 Not inverted Table 7 8 Input signals Analogue input 4 Al4 inversion Automation and
277. r External fault trip 726 Automatic restart Number of tries after motor temperature fault trip 234567 2 8 8 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by ID718 0 gt 0 No automatic restart after Motor temperature fault trip Number of automatic restarts after the motor temperature has returned to its normal level Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 181 727 Response to undervoltage fault 234567 2 7 5 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting For the undervoltage limits see NX User s Manual Table 4 2 728 4mA reference fault preset frequency reference 234567 2 7 2 If the value of parameter ID700 is set to 3 and the 4 mA fault occurs then the frequency reference to the motor is the value of this parameter 730 Input phase supervision 234567 2 7 4 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting The input phase supervision ensures that the input phases of the frequency converter have an approximately equal current 731 Automatic restart 1 2 20 The automatic restart is taken into use with th
278. r Underload fault trip 850 Fieldbus reference minimum scaling 6 2 9 1 851 Fieldbus reference maximum scaling 6 2 9 2 Use these two parameters to scale the fieldbus reference signal Setting value limits 0 lt par ID850 lt ID851 lt ID102 If par ID851 0 custom scaling is not used and the minimum and maximum frequencies are used for scaling The scaling takes place as presented in Figure 8 10 See also chapter 9 7 Note Using this custom scaling function also affects the scaling of the actual value 852 to 859 Fieldbus data out selections 1 to 8 6 2 9 3 to 2 9 10 Using these parameters you can monitor any monitoring or parameter from the fieldbus Enter the ID number of the item you wish to monitor for the value of these parameters See chapter 9 7 Some typical values 1 Output frequency 15 Digital inputs 1 2 3 statuses 2 Motor speed 16 Digital inputs 4 5 6 statuses 3 Motor current 17 Digital and relay output statuses 4 Motor torque 25 Frequency reference D Motor power 26 Analogue output current 6 Motor voltage 27 Al3 7 DC link voltage 28 Al4 8 Unit temperature 31 AO1 expander board 9 Motor temperature 32 AO2 expander board 13 Alt 37 Active fault 1 14 Al2 Table 8 14 1001 Number of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 1 With this parameter the number of auxiliary drives in use will be defined The functions controlling the auxiliary drives parameters ID458 to ID462
279. r lists are in the Application Section of this manual Once in the last parameter of a parameter group To move directly to the first parameter of that group press the Browser button up See the diagram for parameter value change procedure on page 61 Note Instead of connecting power to the frequency converter it is possible to power up the control board from an external power source by connecting the external power source to bidirectional terminal 6 of the NXOPTA1 board see page 50 or to the corresponding 24V terminal on any other option board This voltage is high enough to set parameter values or to keep the fieldbus active Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad D Fon Input signals P1 gt P8 VA EADY ca Me G G2 Parameters lt p Basic parameters G13G8 P1 gt P18 EADY cas Pel e SEI Min Frequency Y Min Frequency ei 3 95 Hz 14 45 Hz Figure 7 5 Parameter value change procedure Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 lt p Min Frequency 63 2600 www honeywell com Control keypad Honeywell 7 3 3 Keypad control menu M3 In
280. r under temperature 14 Frequency converter over temperature Motor stalled Motor overtemperature Motor underload 22 EEPROM 23 checksum fault 25 Microprocessor watchdog fault 26 Start up prevented 29 Thermistor fault 32 Fan cooling CAN bus Sent message not acknowledged communication there is no current in one motor phase no brake resistor installed brake resistor is broken brake chopper failure Heatsink temperature is under 50 F Heatsink temperature is over 194 F Overtemperature warning is issued when the heatsink temperature exceeds 185 F Motor stall protection has tripped Motor overheating has been detected by frequency converter motor temperature model Motor is overloaded Motor underload protection has tripped Parameter save fault faulty operation component failure faulty operation component failure Start up of the drive has been prevented The thermistor input of option board has detected increase of the motor temperature Cooling fan of the frequency converter does not start when ON command is given Check brake resistor If the resistor is ok the chopper is faulty Contact your nearest distributor Check the correct amount and flow of cooling air Check the heatsink for dust Check the ambient temperature Make sure that the switching frequency is not too high in relation to ambient temperature and motor load Check mo
281. rameter ID732 Fieldbus input data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Selects the analogue input to be monitored See par ID356 1D357 ID358 and ID463 Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Fieldbus data FBFixedControlWord to DO RO Table 8 9 Output signals via DO1 and output relays RO1 and RO2 315 2 3 2 1 No supervision Low limit supervision High limit supervision GAMM sch CH Output frequency limit supervision function 234567 2 3 10 2 3 4 1 Brake on control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 194 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID316 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 or via the relay output RO1 or RO2 depending on the settings of parameters ID312 ID314 316 2 3 2 2 Output frequency limit supervision value 234567 2 3 11 2 3 4 2 Selects the frequency value supervised by parameter ID315 See Figure 8 16 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 137 A f HZ ID315 2 ID316 Example 24 RO1 21 RO1 21 ROIT 22 ROI 22 RO1 22 BO 23 RO 23 ROL 23 RO1 NX12K19 Figure 8 16 Output frequency supervision
282. ratio for the internal torque value If other than nominal motor is used with the drive the accuracy of the torque calculation decreases 9 7 Fieldbus control parameters ID s 850 to 859 The Fieldbus control parameters are used when the frequency or the speed reference comes from the fieldbus Modbus Profibus DeviceNet etc With the Fieldbus Data Out Selection 1 8 you can monitor values from the fieldbus Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 3 03 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com
283. rol keypad Menu MII 23 2 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 s c cccsscssssesesesesesesesecebesesesebesebesebouevesese 23 2 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu MA 23 3 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLUICATION REENEN KENE 24 3 1 INTRODUC ee 24 eZ CONTROL VO penei ee ee e ee Eeer 25 3 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN LOCAL REMOTE APPLICATION sssssseserererrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrnns 26 3 4 LOCAL REMOTE CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LIST 27 3 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu MI 27 3 4 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 assesseer 28 3 4 3 Input signals Control keypad Menu Mia 29 3 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu Mia 31 3 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 aeee 33 3 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 33 3 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 aG2el 34 3 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 aG 2 d 36 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 2 NX Application manual Honeywell 3 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 cccccccc ees 37 3 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu MII 37 3 4 11 System menu Control keypad Menu Mel 37 3 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu M 37 4 MULTI STEP S
284. rol place 1 Reverse The rotation of the motor is reversed when the keypad is the active control place For more information see NX User s Manual Chapter 7 3 3 3 R3 2 Keypad Reference 3 2 The frequency reference can be adjusted from the keypad with this parameter The output frequency can be copied as the keypad reference by pushing the Stop button for 3 seconds when you are on any of the pages of menu M3 For more information see NX User s Manual Chapter 7 3 3 2 R3 4 PID reference 1 57 3 4 The PID controller keypad reference can be set between 0 and 100 This reference value is the active PID reference if parameter ID332 2 R3 5 PID reference 2 57 3 5 The PID controller keypad reference 2 can be set between 0 and 100 This reference is active if the DIN5 function 13 and the DIN5 contact is closed R3 5 Torque reference 6 3 5 Define here the torque reference within 0 0 100 0 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 194 Appendices Honeywell 9 Appendices In this chapter you will find additional information on special parameter groups Such groups are Parameters of External brake control with additional limits Chapter 9 1 Closed Loop parameters Chapter 9 2 Advanced Open Loop parameters Chapter 9 3 Parameters
285. rough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 127 141 AR signal selection 567 2 2 38 2 2 4 1 Connect the Al3 signal to the analogue input of your choice with this parameter For more information see Chapter 6 4 Terminal To Function TTF programming principle 142 Al3 signal filter time 567 2 2 41 2 2 4 2 When this parameter is given a value greater than 0 the function that filters out disturbances from the incoming analogue signal is activated Long filtering time makes the regulation response slower See parameter ID324 143 Al3 signal range 567 2 2 39 2 2 4 3 With this parameter you can select the Al3 signal range Applic 5 6 7 Sel 0 0 100 0 100 0 100 1 20 100 20 100 20 100 2 10 10V Customised 3 Customised Table 8 7 Selections for parameter ID143 144 AR custom setting minimum 67 2 2 4 4 145 Al3 custom setting maximum 67 2 2 4 5 Set the custom minimum and maximum levels for the Al3 signal within 0 100 151 AR signal inversion 567 2 2 40 2 2 4 6 0 No inversion 1 Signal inverted 152 Al4 signal selection 567 2 2 42 2 2 5 1 See ID141 153 Al4 filter time 567 2 2 45 2 2 5 2 See I1D142 154 Al4 signal range 567 2 2 43 2 2 5 3 See ID 143 155 Al4 custom setting minimum 67 2 2 5 4 156 Al4 custom setting maximum 67 2 2 5 5 See ID s 144 and 145 162 Al4
286. rs Page 131 301 DIN3 function 12345 2 17 2 2 2 0 Notused 1 External fault closing contact Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is active 2 External fault opening contact Fault is shown and motor is stopped when the input is not active Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Motor start enabled A Run enable contact open contact closed Application 1 4 Runenable contact open contact closed Applications 2 to 5 4 Acc Dec contact open time select contact closed Motor start enabled Motor start disabled and the motor is stopped Acceleration deceleration time 1 selected Acceleration deceleration time 2 selected Closing contact Force control place to I O terminal Closing contact Force control place to keypad Closing contact Force control place to fieldbus When the control place is forced to change the values of Start Stop Direction and Reference valid in the respective control place are used reference according to parameters ID117 ID121 and ID122 Note The value of parameter ID125 Keypad Control Place does not change When DIN3 opens the control place is selected according to parameter 3 1 NO oO Applications 2 to 5 8 Reverse contact open Forward Can be used for reversing if contact closed Reverse parameter ID300 has value 3 Applications 3 to 5 9 Jogging sp contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference 10 Fault reset contact closed R
287. s Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 103 7 5 3 Input signals 7 5 3 1 Basic Settings Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 2 1 Code Parameter ax Unit Default Cust Note 0 Al1 1 Al2 2 Al3 3 Al4 eee ai 343 4 Keypad reference 5 Fieldbus reference FB SpeedReference 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID controller Keypad control Fieldbus control 4 PID reference 1 from PID Reference 2 7 7 371 keypad 5 Fieldbus reference FBProcessDatalN3 6 Motor potentiometer 7 PID reference 2 from keypad P2215 PID error value eis 0 No inversion inversion 1 Inversion rising time change from 0 to 100 falling time 5 0 change from 100 to 0 0 Actual value 1 1 Actual 1 Actual 2 2 Actual 1 Actual 2 PID actual value 3 Actual 1 Actual 2 selection 4 Max Actual 1 Actual 2 5 Min Actual 1 Actual 2 6 Mean Actual1 Actual2 7 Saqrt Act1 Sort Act2 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board 2 Al2 control board Actual value 1 selection 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN2 0 Not used 1 Al1 control board 2 Al2 control board P2270 Actual value 2 input 3 Al3 4 Al4 5 Fieldbus FBProcessDatalN3 P2 2 1 11 Actual vale 1000 0 1000 0 E 0 No minimum scaling minimum scale P2 2 1 12 Actual value 1 1000 0 1000 0 100 0 337 100 No m
288. s 20 716 protection time limit 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to Response to slot Table 3 9 Protections G2 7 Stall protection Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Local Remote control application 3 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Se Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 0 50 717 Trial time 0 00 60 00 E 30 00 og oen Ramp Start function 1 Flying start ER According to par 2 4 6 Number of tries after undervoltage trip Number of tries after overvoltage trip Number of tries after 3 722 overcurrent trip reference trip Number of tries after 10 726 motor temp fault trip Number of tries after 10 725 external fault trip Number of tries after Table 3 10 Autorestart parameters G2 8 3 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu M3 The parameters for the selection of control place and direction on the keypad are listed below See the Keypad control menu in the NX User s Manual Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust Note UO terminal Control place e Keypad i Fieldbus oa on an Forward keypad 1 Reverse 0 Limited function of Stop button Sro
289. s Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 165 Use this mode if the motor is coasting when the start command is given With the flying start it is possible to ride through short mains voltage interruptions 506 Stop function 2 4 7 Coasting 0 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter after the Stop command Ramp 1 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration Normal stop Ramp Run Enable stop coasting 2 After the Stop command the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters However when Run Enable is selected the motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter Normal stop Coasting Run Enable stop ramping 3 The motor coasts to a halt without any control from the frequency converter However when Run Enable signal is selected the speed of the motor is decelerated according to the set deceleration parameters If the regenerated energy is high it may be necessary to use an external braking resistor for faster deceleration 507 DC braking current 234567 2 4 8 Defines the current injected into the motor during DC braking 508 DC braking tim
290. sed Reference limit 1 Low limit supervision ar limit Reference limit Par supervision value 2 1 2 External External GES E used P2 3 4 11 ed 354 1 Low limit supervision eal limit supervised value On Off control signal Ei used 1 Al1 2 Al2 3 Al3 4 Al4 On Off control low Par aes limit o 2 3 4 15 ala i On Off control high Par Table 6 14 Limit settings G2 34 P2 3 4 13 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 82 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 4 5 alia output 1 Se SS Menu M2 gt G2 3 5 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust o ID Note Lac output 1 Ai signal selection 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0 fmax 3 Motor speed 0 Motor nominal speed 4 Motor current O InMotor 5 Motor torque O Tnmotor Analogue output 1 6 Motor power O function Protor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V 9 Al1 10 Al2 11 Output freq fmin fmax 12 Motor torque 2 2XTNmot 13 Motor power 2 2XTNmot Analogue output 1 co inverted inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output 1 1 310 0 0 mA minimum 1 4 mA Analogue output 1 Table 6 15 Analogue output 1 parameters G2 3 5 6 SE output 2 i Control a Menu M2 gt G2
291. signal Selects the frequency that Place A Reference corresponds to the max scaling maximum reference signal value 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value Place B Reference ar Selects the frequency that scaling minimum i 19 Hz 364 corresponds to the min value reference signal Selects the frequency that corresponds to the max reference signal 0 00 No scaling gt 0 scaled max value Free analogue input 0 Not used signal selection 2 361 1 Uin analogue volt input a 2 lin analogue curr input 0 No function 1 Reduces current limit par 2 1 5 Free analogue input 2 Reduces DC braking function j 4 362 current 3 Reduces accel and decel times 4 Reduces torque supervision limit Place B Reference scaling maximum value ramp time Motor potentiometer ONO E el p 1 Reset if stopped or frequency reference 2 1 367 dd memory reset po GOWN 2 Reset if powered down 0 Run state not copied Pegi ee ere poo ot o Lal 1 Run state copied Table 3 4 Input signals G2 2 Rising edge required to start Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Local Remote control application 3 4 4 Output signals Gr die Menu M2 gt
292. signal inversion 567 2 2 44 2 2 5 6 See ID 151 164 Motor control mode 1 2 6 2 2 7 22 Contact is open Motor control mode 1 is selected Contact is cloosed Motor control mode 2 is selected Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 128 Description of parameters Honeywell See parameter ID s 600 and 521 300 Start Stop logic selection 2346 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 0 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact start reverse A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coastin g WW a NX12K09 Figure 8 6 Start forward Start reverse The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change If Start forward DIN1 and Start reverse DIN2 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN1 has priority 1 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward See below A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting NX12K10 Figure 8 7 Start Stop Reverse 2 DIN1 closed contact start open contact stop Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario
293. signals oe a Menu M2 gt G2 3 Parameter Analogue output 1 TTF programming method Ai signal selection used See page 70 0 Not used 1 Output freq O fmax 2 Freq reference 0O fmax 3 Motor speed O Motor Analogue output nominal speed function 4 Motor current O Inmotor 5 Motor torque O Tnmotor 6 Motor power O Pnmotor 7 Motor voltage 0 Unmotor 8 DC link volt O 1000V mee om om 5 Toe foe filter time inversion 1 Inverted Analogue output minimum Analogue output Eo Not used 1 Ready 2 Run 3 Fault 4 Fault inverted 5 FC overheat warning 6 Ext fault or warning Digital output 1 312 Ee E uneton 9 Reversed 10 Preset speed 1 11 At speed 12 Mot regulator active 13 OP freq limit 1 superv 14 Control place IO 15 Thermistor fault warng 16 Fieldbus input data eh SE i 313 As parameter 2 3 7 function Relay output 2 0 No limit 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 1 320 00 316 Supervised value el e ee signal selection used See page 70 peee o e e mmmn function Output frequency limit 1 supervision Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 18 Standard application Honeywell Analogue output 2 10 00 s 1 00 473 0 No filtering filter time
294. start disabled and drive stopped if running Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 130 Description of parameters Honeywell Application 3 and 6 4 DIN1 closed contact start forward DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if par ID117 is set to 3 or 4 5 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact start reverse Rising edge required to start 6 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact reverse open contact forward 7 DIN1 closed contact start Rising edge required to start open contact stop DIN2 closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running Application 3 8 DIN1 closed contact start forward Rising edge required to start DIN2 closed contact reference increases motor potentiometer reference this parameter is automatically set to 4 if par ID117 is set to 3 or 4 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of paramete
295. sum fault faulty operation component failure 25 Microprocessor faulty operation watchdog fault component failure 26 Start up Start up of the drive has been prevented prevented 29 Thermistor fault The thermistor input of option board has detected increase of the motor temperature 32 Fan cooling Cooling fan of the frequency converter does not start when ON command is given communication Power Unit and vice versa Different power rating of drive Device added Option board added Drive of different power rating added Device removed Option board removed Drive removed Unknown option board or drive 41 IGBT temperature IGBT Inverter Bridge overtemperature protection has detected too high a short term overload current 42 Brake resistor Brake resistor overtemperature protection overtemperature Encoder fault has detected too heavy braking Note the exceptional Fault data record See 7 3 4 3 Additional codes 1 Encoder 1 channel A is missing 2 Encoder 1 channel B is missing 3 Both encoder 1 channels are missing 4 Encoder reversed Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact your nearest distributor Cancel prevention of start up Check motor cooling and loading Check t
296. t NX12K60 Figure 8 29 Reduction of torque supervision limit 363 Start Stop logic selection place B 3 2 2 15 0 DIN4 closed contact start forward DIN5 closed contact start reverse A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coastin g a NX12K09 Figure 8 30 Start forward Start reverse The first selected direction has the highest priority When the DIN4 contact opens the direction of rotation starts the change If Start forward DIN4 and Start reverse DIN5 signals are active simultaneously the Start forward signal DIN4 has priority 1 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DIN5 closed contact reverse open contact forward See Figure 8 31 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 149 A Output Stop function frequency ID506 coasting NX12K10 Figure 8 31 Start Stop Reverse 2 DIN4 closed contact start open contact stop DINS closed contact start enabled open contact start disabled and drive stopped if running 3 3 wire connection pulse control DIN4 closed contact start pulse DIN5 open contact stop pulse DIN3 can be programmed for reverse command See Figure 8 32 A Output Stop function If Start and Stop pulses are fr
297. t e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 159 435 Inverted fault 67 2 3 3 4 2 3 1 4 No fault trip has occurred 436 Warning 67 2 3 3 5 2 3 1 5 General warning signal 437 External fault or warning 67 2 3 3 6 2 3 1 6 Fault or warning depending on par ID701 438 Reference fault or warning 67 2 3 3 7 2 3 1 7 Fault or warning depending on parameter ID700 439 Overtemperature warning 67 2 3 3 8 2 3 1 8 The heatsink temperature exceeds 70 C 440 Reverse 67 2 3 3 9 2 3 1 9 The Reverse command has been selected 441 Unrequested direction 67 2 3 3 10 2 3 1 10 Motor rotation direction is different from the requested one 442 At speed 67 2 3 3 11 2 3 1 11 The output frequency has reached the set reference 443 Jogging speed 67 2 3 3 12 2 3 1 12 Jogging speed selected 444 External control place 67 2 3 3 13 2 3 1 13 Control from UO terminal selected Menu M3 par ID125 445 External brake control 67 2 3 3 14 2 3 1 14 External brake ON OFF control with programmable delay 446 External brake control inverted 67 2 3 3 15 2 3 1 15 External brake ON OFF control Output active when brake control is OFF 447 Output frequency limit 1 supervision 67 2 3 3 16 2 3 1 16 The output frequency goes outside the set supervision low limit high limit se
298. t e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell PID control application Page 59 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or powered down 2 Reset if powered down 0 No reset 1 Reset if stopped or Motor potentiometer frequency reference memory reset Motor potentiometer P2 2 29 PID reference 0 2 0 370 powered down memory reset 2 Reset if powered down Par Bed ee IE SU 3p 90 2 ____ Par P2 2 31 PID maximum limit 22 28 1000 0 100 00 100 00 00 0 No i inversion rae ore e rising time P2234 PID reference 1000 0 falling time Reference scaling Par P2 2 35 minimum value 2 2 34 place B Reference scaling P P2 2 36 maximum value 5 320 00 place B 0 Keep reference P2 2 37 Easy changeover o SSES 1 Copy actual reference 5 TTF programming method 0 Signal range 0O 10V P2 2 40 A3 inversion 1 451 ees 1 Inverted P2 2 41 Al3 filter time 000 10 00 s 0 10 142 0 No filtering P2 2 42 Al4 signal selection 0 1 EH EE used See page 70 i vee range 0 10V 0 Not inverted P2 2 45 Al4 filter time 0 00 10 00 S 153 0 No filtering Table 5 4 Input signals G2 2 Remember to place jumpers of block X2 accordingly See NX User s Manual chapter 6 2 2 2 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golde
299. t be edited See NX User s Manual Chapter 7 for more information Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequency to motor V1 2 Frequency reference Hz 25 Frequencyreference to motor control V1 3 Motor speed rpm 2 Motor speed in rpm V1 4 Motor current A 3 V1 5 Motor torque 4 In of Motor nominal torque V1 6 Motor power 5 Motor shaft power V1 7 Motor voltage V 6 V1 8 DC link voltage V 7 V1 9 Unit temperature C 8 Heatsink temperature V1 10 Motor temperature 9 Calculated motor temperature V1 11 Analogue input 1 V imA 13 Al1 V1 12 Analogue input 2 V imA 14 Al2 V1 13 DIN1 DIN2 DIN3 15 Digital input statuses V1 14 DIN4 DIN5 DING 16 Digital input statuses V1 15 Analogue lout mA 26 AOA1 V1 16 Analogue input 3 VimA 27 Al3 V1 17 Analogue input 4 VimA 28 Al4 V1 18 Torque reference 18 M1 19 Multimonitoring items Displays three selectable monitoring values Table 6 2 Monitoring values Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 74 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 2 Basic parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 1 Code Parameter Min Max ont Default Cust Note P2 1
300. t to change by 10 If the parameter value is set to 0 the PID controller operates as ID controller See examples below PID controller Lime 57 2 1 13 The parameter ID119 defines the integration time of the PID controller If this parameter is set to 1 00 second a change of 10 in the error value causes the controller output to change by 10 00 s If the parameter value is set to 0 00 s the PID controller will operate as PD controller See examples below Motor cos phi 2 10 2 1 10 Find this value cos phi on the rating plate of the motor Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 123 121 Keypad frequency reference selection 234567 2 2 1 2 2 1 12 2 1 13 2 2 6 Defines which frequency reference source is selected when controlled from the keypad Sel 0 Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Analogue volt ref Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 Terminals 2 3 1 Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Analogue curr ref Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Terminals 4 5 Keypad reference 2 Menu M3 Al3 AI1 Al2 Al3 3 ee Al4 AA Al4 reference Keypad reference Keypad reference Menu M3 Alea Menu M3 5 Fieldbus Al1
301. t warn P 22 2 313 As parameter 2 3 7 function Relay output 2 Output frequency oe limit a limit 1 supervision 2 315 Te al el 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 1 320 00 Hz 316 Supervision value HEEN EE limit 2 supervision 1 Low limit supervision Automation and Control Solutions Digital output 1 Ge function Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 46 Multi step speed control application Honeywell po 2 High limit supervision Output frequency limit 2 320 00 Hz 347 Supervision value Torque limit Ge function at tet supervision value Reference limit CI WW Ges 1 Low limit Supervision function BEE limit supervision value External brake Off delay External brake On delay Frequency converter temperature limit supervision Frequency converter temperature limit signal selection function Analogue output 2 filter time inversion minimum scaling Table 4 5 Output signals G2 3 0 No 348 1 Low limit Pa limit 0 No 1 Low limit 2 High limit Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi step speed control application Page 47 4 4 5 Drive control p
302. t with two restarts Parameters ID720 to ID725 determine the maximum number of automatic restarts during the trial time set by parameter ID718 The time count starts from the first autorestart If the number of faults occurring during the trial time exceeds the values of parameters ID720 to ID725 the fault state becomes active Otherwise the fault is cleared after the trial time has elapsed and the next fault starts the trial time count again If a single fault remains during the trial time a fault state is true 719 Automatic restart Start function 234567 2 8 3 The Start function for Automatic restart is selected with this parameter The parameter defines the start mode 0 Start with ramp 1 Flying start 2 Start according to ID505 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 63 2600 www honeywell com Page 180 Description of parameters Honeywell 720 Automatic restart Number of tries after undervoltage fault trip 234567 This parameter determines how many automatic restarts can be made during the trial time set by parameter ID718 after an undervoltage trip 0 No automatic restart after undervoltage fault trip gt 0 Number of automatic restarts after undervoltage fault The fault is reset and the drive is started automatically after the DC link voltage has returned to the n
303. tart reverse programmable 3 3 Keypad direction Fault reset input gt Internal fault reset DIN3 Z programmable NX12k03 fh8 Internal reverse Figure 4 1 Control signal logic of the Multi step Speed Application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Multi step speed control application Page 41 4 4 Multi step speed control application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 118 to 193 Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory Cust Customer s own setting ID D number of the parameter wg In parameter row Use TTF method to program these parameters On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the frequency converter has been stopped 4 4 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See N
304. tches see 6 13 GND I O ground Ground for reference and controls 14 DIN4 Multi step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref 15 DIN5 Multi step speed select 2 Open Open Ref Uin Closed Open Multi step ref 1 Open Closed Multi step ref 2 Closed Closed RefMax 16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open no action Contact closed fault reset 17 CMB Common for DIN4A DIN6 Connect to GND or 24V CH 18 AO1 Output frequency Programmable 19 AO1 Analogue output Range 0 20 mA R max 5009 20 DO1 Digital output Programmable READY Open collector 1 lt 50mA U lt 48 VDC NXOPTA2 21 RO1 Relay output 1 22 RO1 ws RUN __ 23 RO1 e 24 RO2 Relay output 2 es RO2 By FAULT 26 RO Table 1 1 Basic application default I O configuration Note See jumper selections below NX User s More information in Manual Chapter 6 2 2 2 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 429 Jumper block X3 CMA and CMB grounding CMB connected to GND CMA connected to GND G CMB isolated from GND CMA isolated from GND CMB and CMA internally connected together isolated from GND els Factory default 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Basic application 1 3 Control signal logic in Basic Application 3 2 Keypad reference 2 14 I O Reference 2 18 Preset Speed 1 2 2 Max Frequency Reference from fieldbus Start Stop from fieldbus Direction fr
305. ter 2 9 27 the autochange function can take place e Ifthe number of running auxiliary drives is equal to the value of parameter 2 9 27 and the frequency of the controlled drive is below the value of parameter 2 9 28 the autochange can take place e If the value of parameter 2 9 28 is 0 0 Hz the autochange can take place only in rest position Stop and Sleep regardless of the value of parameter 2 9 27 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 97 7 4 2 Interlock selection P2 9 23 This parameter is used to activate the interlock inputs The interlocking signals come from the motor switches The signals functions are connected to digital inputs which are programmed as interlock inputs using the corresponding parameters The pump and fan control automatics only control the motors with active interlock data The interlock data can be used even when the Autochange function is not activated If the interlock of an auxiliary drive is inactivated and another unused auxiliary drive available the latter will be put to use without stopping the frequency converter If the interlock of the controlled drive is inactivated all motors will be stopped and re started with the new set up If the interlock is re activated in R
306. th par 2 9 17 Pl controller actual value input par 2 2 1 8 NX12k93 fh8 Figure 8 59 Input and output pressure measuring With parameters ID1022 and ID1023 the limits for the area of the input pressure where the output pressure is decreased can be selected The values are in percent of the input pressure measurement maximum value With parameter ID1024 the value for the output pressure decrease within this area can be set The value is in percent of the reference value maximum See Figure 8 60 OUTPUT PRESSURE Par 1ID1024 Output pressure drop value INPUT PRESSURE Par ID1026 Input pressure Ra high limit gt Par ID1032 Input pressure low limit PUMP631 DS4 Figure 8 60 Output pressure behaviour depending on input pressure and parameter settings Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 189 1025 Frequency drop delay after starting auxiliary drive 7 2 9 21 1026 Frequency increase delay after stopping auxiliary drive 7 2 9 22 If the speed of auxiliary drive increases slowly e g in soft starter control then a delay between the start of auxiliary drive and the frequency drop of the variable speed drive will make the control smoother This delay can be adjusted with parameter ID10
307. the Keypad Controls Menu it is possible to choose the control place edit the frequency reference and change the direction of the motor Enter the submenu level with the right arrow menu button NOTE There are some special functions that can be performed when in the M3 menu Select the keypad as the active control place by keeping the Dio pushed down for 3 seconds when the motor is running The keypad will become the active control place and the current frequency reference and direction will be copied to the keypad Select the keypad as the active control place by keeping the button pushed down for 3 seconds when the motor is stopped The keypad will become the active control place and the current frequency reference and direction will be copied to the keypad Copy the frequency reference set elsewhere I O fieldbus to the panel by keeping the button pushed down for 3 seconds Note that Whilst in any other than M3 menu these functions will not work If in a different menu other than M3 menu and try to start the motor by pressing the START button when the keypad is not selected as the active control place an error message Keypad Control NOT ACTIVE will be displayed There are three different places sources which the frequency converter can be controlled from For each control place a different symbol will appear on the alphanumeric display Control place Symbol I O terminals GD Keypad panel Fieldbus gesch Change the
308. tion O ea ee P27 8 Thermal protection of the motor p2 7 9 Motor ambient _4100 0 100 0 tem perature factor at zero speed P2 7 11 Motor thermal time constant 7 100 100 Motor duty cycle 0 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Stall time limit 120 00 ee 1500 vif S 0 No response 7 1 Warning Underload protection 3 713 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting area load Zero frequency load 5 0 1500 100 715 o f Underload 200 600 00 s 20 00 716 protection time limit 0 No response Response to 3 2 732 1 Warning thermistor fault 2 Fault stop acc to 2 4 7 3 Fault stop by coasting Response to Response loso 3 2 734 See P2 7 21 fault Table 6 21 Protections G2 7 Stall protection Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 88 Multi purpose control application Honeywell 6 5 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID Note P2 8 1 Wait time 0 10 10 00 s 0 50 717 Trialtime 0 00 60 00 s omg mei 0 Ramp Start function 719 1 Flying start 2 According to par 2 4 6 eet fa ES e ee undervoltage trip resem ee pep overvoltage trip eo oon overcurrent trip rece e e e reference
309. tion forward Contact closed Direction reverse 413 Jogging speed 67 2 2 7 16 2 2 6 12 Contact closed Jogging speed selected for frequency reference See parameter ID124 Default programming A 4 414 Fault reset 67 2 2 7 10 2 2 6 13 Contact closed All faults are reset 415 Acceleration Deceleration prohibited 67 2 2 7 14 2 2 6 14 Contact closed No acceleration or deceleration possible until the contact is opened 416 DC braking 67 2 2 7 15 2 2 6 15 Contact closed In STOP mode the DC braking operates until the contact is opened 417 Motor potentiometer DOWN 67 2 2 7 8 2 2 6 16 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference DECREASES until the contact is opened 418 Motor potentiometer UP 67 2 2 7 9 2 2 6 17 Contact closed Motor potentiometer reference INCREASES until the contact is opened 419 Preset speed 1 6 2 2 7 5 420 Preset speed 2 6 2 2 7 6 421 Preset speed 3 6 2 2 7 7 Parameter values are automatically limited between the minimum and maximum frequencies parameters ID101 and ID102 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Page 158 Description of parameters Honeywell 422 AI1 Al2 selection 6 2 2 7 17 With this parameter you can select either Al1 or Al2 signal for frequency reference 423 Start A signal 7 2 2 6
310. tons You can store or load two customised parameter sets or load back the factory defaults Confirm with the Enter button Wait until OK appears on the display Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad CONFIRM s310 Parameter sets d Select L CANCEL ED aa 6316s 6315 Parameter sets Parameter sets Wait OK Figure 7 11 Storing and loading of parameter sets Upload parameters to keypad To keypad S6 3 2 This function uploads all existing parameter groups to the keypad provided that the drive is stopped Enter the To keypad page S6 3 2 from the Parameter copy menu Push the right arrow menu button to enter the edit mode Use the Browser buttons to select the option All parameters and press the Enter button Wait until OK appears on the display GR GER GER 63 632 632 CONFIRM Copy Parameters Up to keypad P Up to keypad Fe P1 gt P4 Select All param M CANCEL a eg a gS 6326 632 Up to keypad Up to keypad Wait OK Figure 7 12 Parameter copy to keypad Download parameters to drive From keypad S6 3 3 This function downloads one or all parameter groups uploaded to the keypad to a drive provided that the drive is in STOP status Enter the From keypad page S6 3 3 from the Parameter copy
311. tor Decrease the motor load If no motor overload exists check the temperature model parameters Reset the fault and restart Should the fault re occur contact your nearest distributor Cancel prevention of start up Check motor cooling and loading Check thermistor connection If thermistor input of the option board is not in use it has to be short circuited Contact your nearest distributor Ensure that there is another device on the bus with the same configuration Control unit NXS Control Unit can not control NXP Change control units Power Unit and vice versa Different power rating of drive Drive of different power rating added TEE Drive removed 40 Reset Note No fault time data record Reset Note No fault time data record Reset Note No fault time data record Unknown option board or drive Contact your nearest distributor 41 IGBT temperature 42 Brake resistor overtemperature IGBT Inverter Bridge overtemperature protection has detected too high a short term overload current Brake resistor overtemperature protection has detected too heavy braking Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MIN 55422 Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 35 Dynamic Drive Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 Check loading Check motor size Set the deceleration time longer Use external brake resistor 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell
312. u Mia 57 5 4 4 Output signals Control keypad Menu Mia 60 5 4 5 Drive control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 4 eseese 62 5 4 6 Prohibit frequency parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 5 62 5 4 7 Motor control parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 6 ou 63 5 4 8 Protections Control keypad Menu M2 aG 2 d 65 5 4 9 Autorestart parameters Control keypad Menu M2 gt G2 8 ccc 66 5 4 10 Keypad control Control keypad Menu MII 66 5 4 11 System menu Control keypad M6 6 2 2iceserevesenevesesevevebereteverevenerenesete 66 5 4 12 Expander boards Control keypad Menu MA 66 6 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION 000 cc eccctteeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeneeees 67 Gal INTRODUCTION gaere ee 67 ENEE Ee 68 6 3 CONTROL SIGNAL LOGIC IN MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLUICATION 69 6 4 TERMINAL TO FUNCTION TTF PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLE e eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 70 6 4 1 Defining an input output for a certain function ON kevpad 70 6 4 2 Defining a terminal for a certain function with NCDrive programming tool 71 6 4 3 Defining unused mputs ouiputs 72 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell NX Application manual Page 3 6 5 MULTI PURPOSE CONTROL APPLICATION PARAMETER LISTS n s
313. uency taking the supply fluctuations into account 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on no ramping Minor adjustments of OP frequency are made 2 Controller switched on with ramping Controller adjusts OP freq up to max freq Undervoltage controller 234567 2 6 11 See par ID607 Note Over undervoltage trips may occur when controllers are switched out of operation 0 Controller switched off 1 Controller switched on Torque limit 6 2 10 1 With this parameter you can set the torque limit control between 0 0 400 0 Torque limit control P gain 6 2 10 2 This parameter defines the gain of the torque limit controller Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 171 611 Torque limit control I gain 6 2 10 3 This parameter determines the I gain of the torque limit controller 612 CL Magnetizing current 234567 2 6 12 1 2 6 15 1 Set here the motor magnetizing current no load current See chapter 9 2 613 CL Speed control P gain 234567 2 6 12 2 2 6 15 2 Sets the gain for the speed controller in per Hz See chapter 9 2 614 CL Speed control I time 234567 2 6 12 3 2 6 15 3 Sets the integral time constant for the speed controller Increasing the Lime increases stability but
314. un status the automatics functions according to parameter 2 9 23 Interlock selection 0 Not used 1 Update in stop Interlocks are used The new drive will be placed last in the autochange line without stopping the system However if the autochange order now becomes for example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 it will be updated in the next Stop autochange sleep stop etc Example P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 LOCKED 3 P1 gt P3 gt P4 gt P2 gt SLEEP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 2 Stop amp Update Interlockings are used The automatics will stop all motors immediately and re start with a new set up Example P1 gt P2 gt P4 gt P3 LOCKED gt STOP gt P1 gt P2 gt P3 gt P4 See Chapter 7 4 3 Examples Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 98 Pump and fan control application Honeywell 7 4 3 Examples Pump and fan automatics with interlocks and no autochange Situation One controlled drive and three auxiliary drives Parameter settings 2 9 1 3 2 9 25 0 Interlock feedback signals used autochange not used Parameter settings 2 9 23 1 2 9 24 0 The interlock feedback signals come from the digital inputs selected with parameters 2 2 6 18 to 2 2 6 21 The Auxiliary drive 1 control par 2 3 1 27 is enabled throu
315. ust 0 select the signal according to which the frequency reference to the motor is fine adjusted 0 Not used age 1 Analogue input 1 ID494 10 2 Analogue input 2 3 Analogue input 3 4 Analogue input 4 x 5 Signal from fieldbus Analogue input FBProcessDatalN NX12K108 Figure 8 41 An example of adjust input Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 163 494 Adjust minimum 6 2 2 1 5 495 Adjust maximum 6 2 2 1 6 These parameters define the minimum and maximum of adjusted signals See Figure 8 41 496 Parameter Set 1 Set 2 selection 6 2 2 7 21 With this parameter you can select between Parameter Set 1 and Set 2 The input for this function can be selected from any slot The procedure of selecting between the sets is explained in NX User s Manual Chapter 7 3 6 3 Digital input FALSE The active set is saved to set 2 Set 1 is loaded as the active set Digital input TRUE The active set is saved to set 1 Set 2 is loaded as the active set Note The parameter values can be changed in the active set only 498 Start pulse memory 3 2 2 24 Giving a value for this parameter determines if the present RUN status is copied when the control place is changed from A to B or vice versa 0 The R
316. vt ede i Internal frequency i i reference mE I pisanan i i i Reset button Reference from fieldbus Start Stop buttons Start Stop from fieldbus Direction from fieldbus Start forward Start Stop Internal Start Stop DIN1 Gr Programmable programmable Start Stop and i DIN2 Gi reverse logic Start reverse programmable i Reverse 3 3 Keypad direction Internal reverse Fault reset input gt 4 Internal fault reset DING Q a External fault input programmable DIN3 QH BEE NX12k01 Figure 2 1 Control signal logic of the Standard Application Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Page 14 Standard application Honeywell 2 4 Standard Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 118 to 193 The descriptions are arranged according to the ID number of the parameter Column explanations Code Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present parameter number Parameter Name of parameter Min Minimum value of parameter Max Maximum value of parameter Unit Unit of parameter value Given if available Default Value preset by factory
317. ween the user and the frequency converter The control keypad is used for parameter setting reading status data and giving control commands It is detachable and can be operated externally and connected via a cable to the frequency converter Also a PC can be used instead of the control keypad to control the frequency converter if connected through a similar cable Control I O boards which are either isolated NXOPTAS8 or not isolated NXOPTA1 from the ground are available The basic control interface and the parameters the Basic Application are easy to use If a more versatile interface or parameters are required a more suitable application can be chosen from the Application Package See the Application Manual for more information on the different applications A brake resistor is available as external or internal option for sizes FR6 and smaller and as external option for FR7 and bigger Optional I O expander boards that increase the number of inputs and outputs to be used are also available For details please contact your nearest Honeywell office or your local distributor see back cover The input and output EMC filters have no influence on the basic functions of the frequency converter They are however necessary for the fulfillment of the EMC directives Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600
318. well Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Pump and fan control application Page 101 7 5 Pump and Fan Control Application Parameter lists On the next pages you will find the lists of parameters within the respective parameter groups The parameter descriptions are given on pages 118 to 193 Column explanations Code Parameter Min Max Unit Default Cust ID es Location indication on the keypad Shows the operator the present param number Name of parameter Minimum value of parameter Maximum value of parameter Unit of parameter value Given if available Value preset by factory Customer s own settings ID number of the parameter On parameter code Parameter value can only be changed after the FC has been stopped Apply the Terminal to Function method TTF to these parameters see chapter 6 4 7 5 1 Monitoring values Control keypad menu M1 The monitoring values are the actual values of parameters and signals as well as statuses and measurements Monitoring values cannot be edited See NX User s Manual Chapter 7 for more information Note that the monitoring values V1 18 to V1 23 are available in the PFC control application only Code Parameter Unit ID Description V1 1 Output frequency Hz 1 Output frequen
319. wn given by the motor manufacturer the time constant parameter can be set basing on it As a rule of thumb the motor thermal time constant in minutes equals to 2xt6 If the drive is in stop stage the time constant is internally increased to three times the set parameter value The cooling in the stop stage is based on convection and the time constant is increased See also Figure 8 48 708 Motor thermal protection Motor duty cycle 234567 2 7 12 Defines how much of the nominal motor load is applied The value can be set to 0 100 See chapter 9 4 A Motor temperature Fault warning current par ID704 Time constant T UT Time a Motor temperature I 17 x 1 e Changes by motor size and adjusted with parameter ID707 NX12k82 Figure 8 48 Motor temperature calculation 709 Stall protection 234567 2 7 13 0 No response 1 Warning 2 Fault stop mode after fault according to ID506 3 Fault stop mode after fault always by coasting Setting the parameter to 0 will deactivate the protection and reset the stall time counter See chapter 9 5 Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 429 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 177 710 Stall current limit 234567 2 7 14 The current can be set to 0 0 lnmotor 2 For
320. y drives only 1 All drives included in the autochange interlockings sequence The drive controlled by the frequency converter is included in the automatics and two contactors are needed for each drive to connect it to the mains or the frequency converter See Figure 8 63 auxiliary auxiliary connection connection a z x NX12k97 fh8 Drive 1 Drive 2 Figure 8 63 Autochange with all drives Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario 63 2600 MIV 4Z9 www honeywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 191 1029 Autochange interval 7 2 9 26 After the expiry of the time defined with this parameter the autochange function takes place if the capacity used lies below the level defined with parameters ID1031 Autochange frequency limit and ID1030 Maximum number of auxiliary drives Should the capacity exceed the value of ID1031 the autochange will not take place before the capacity goes below this limit e The time count is activated only if the Start Stop request is active e The time count is reset after the autochange has taken place See Figure 8 64 1030 Maximum number of auxiliary drives 7 2 9 27 1031 Autochange frequency limit 7 2 9 28 These parameters define the level be
321. yed By pushing the right arrow menu button it is possible to view the Fault time data record menu indicated by T 1 gt T 13 In this menu some selected important data valid at the time of the fault are recorded This feature is intended to help the user or the service person to determine the cause of fault The data available are Counted operation days d Fault 43 Additional code Counted operation hours Fault 43 Counted operation days Output frequency Fault 43 Counted operation hours Motor current Motor voltage V Motor power Motor torque DC voltage V Unit temperature F Run status Direction Warnings 0 speed Table 7 4 Fault time recorded data hh mm ss d Hz hh mm ss Real time record If real time is set to run on the frequency converter the data items T1 and T2 will appear as follows T 1 T 2 Counted operation days Counted operation hours yyyy mm dd hh mm ss sss Automation and Control Solutions Honeywell Honeywell Limited Honeywell Limit e 1985 Douglas Drive North 35 Dynamic Drive Golden Valley MIN 55422 Scarborough Ontario MIV 4Z9 63 2600 www honeywell com Honeywell Control keypad 7 3 5 Fault history menu M5 The Fault history menu can be entered from the Main menu by pushing the right arrow menu button menubuttonright when the location indication M5 is visible on the first line of the keypad display All faults are stored in the Fault history menu Browse through t
322. ywell com Honeywell Description of parameters Page 143 344 Reference scaling minimum value place B 57 2 2 35 2 2 1 18 345 Reference scaling maximum value place B 57 2 2 36 2 2 1 19 You can choose a scaling range for the frequency reference from control place B between the Minimum and Maximum frequency If no scaling is desired set the parameter value to 0 In the figures below input Al1 with signal range 0 100 is selected for Place B reference A Output A Output frequency frequency _ _Max freq ID102 _ _Max freq ID102 Analogue Analogue input V M Min freq ID101 input V gt gt Min freq ID101 10 0 10 NX12K35 Figure 8 23 Left Par D344 0 No reference scaling Right Reference scaling 346 Output freq limit 2 supervision function 34567 2 3 12 2 3 4 3 2 3 2 3 0 No supervision 1 Low limit supervision 2 High limit supervision 3 Brake on control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 194 4 Brake on off control Application 6 only see chapter 9 1 on page 194 If the output frequency goes under over the set limit ID347 this function generates a warning message via the digital output DO1 and via the relay output RO1 or RO2 depending 1 on the settings of parameters ID312 to ID314 applications 3 4 5 or 2 depending on to which output the supervision signals par ID447 and ID448 are connected applications 6 and 7 347 Output frequency limit 2 supervision value 34

NXS Series User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents